instructions · 2011. 9. 23. · cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is...

130
REYS TIME OVERCURRENT Tes IFC51A and 518 IFC53A and 538 IFC77A and 778 INSTRUCTIONS GEK-45375J . and Control GE Prote c t l tey P a rkw a y 205 Great 19 3 55-133 7 Malve, P www . ElectricalPartManuals . com

Upload: others

Post on 03-Mar-2021

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

RELAYS TIME OVERCURRENT

Types

IFC51A and 518

IFC53A and 538

IFC77A and 778

INSTRUCTIONS

GEK-45375J

. and Control GE Protect:Jaltey Parkway 205 Great� 19355-1337 Malvern, P

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 2: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

CON TENTS

DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

APPLICATION............................................................. 3

CONSTRUCTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

RAT! NGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 T I ME OVERCURRENT UN I T.... . . . . . . . . ....... . .... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 H I GH-SE I SMIC I NSTANTANEOUS UN I T...... . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 7 H I G H- SE I SMIC TARGET AND SEAL- IN UN I T.... .... .. . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. 8 CONTAC TS. . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . .. . . . . . . . ... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . 8

BURDENS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

CHARACTERISTICS......................................................... 1 0 TI ME OVERCURREN T U N I T...... . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . 10 H IG H-SEISMIC I NSTANTAN EOUS UN I T.. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 H IGH- SE I SMIC TARG ET AND SEAL-I N UNI T.. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1 0

RECEIVING, HANDLING AND STORAGE......................................... 10

ACCEPTANCE TESTS.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 V ISUAL I NSPECTION..... . . .. .. . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . II MECHAN I CAL I NSPECTION. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ...... 1 1 DRAWOUT RELAY TEST I NG.... . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . 12 G ENERAL POWER REQUIREMENTS.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1 2 T I ME OVERCURRENT UN I T.. . . . . .... . . . . . ... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . 1 2 H I GH-SE I SM I C I NSTANTANEOUS UNI T..... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 H I GH-SE I SM I C TARGET AND SEAL- I N UN I T. . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 14

INSTALLATION............................................................ 1 5 I NSTALLATI ON TESTS... . ........ . .. . ... . . ... ........ ... ......... . . .. 15

PERIODIC CHECKS AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE................................. 1 6 T I ME OVERCURRENT UN I T. . . . . . . .... . .. . . . . . ..... . . ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 H I GH-SE I SM I C INSTANTAN EOUS U NI T...... ... . . . . . .. . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 1 6 H I GH- SE I SMI C TARG ET AND SEAL- I N UN I T..... . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . ... 1 6 CONTAC T C LEAN I NG.. . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . 1 6 C OVER CLEAN I NG. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 SYSTEM TEST... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7

SERVICING............................................................... 1 7 T I ME OVERC URRENT UN I T.... . . .. . . . . .. . . ........ . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. 17 H I GH- SE I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOUS UN I T. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 H I GH- SE ISM I C TARGET AND SEAL- I N UN I T.. . .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . ... ..... . .. 19

RENEWAl PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

LJ ST OF F IGURES... . . . . . ..... . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

- 2-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 3: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TIME OVERCORRENT RELAYS

TYPES

IFC511\ and 51B

1 FC43A and 53B

iFC77A and 77B

The type JFC relaY• co•ered bY these Instructions are extended range, single

phase, time overcurrent relays. lhe •arlous time-current characteristics

avai1 ab 1 e are as fo 1 1 ows;

DESCRIPTION

IFC51A, IFC51B - Inverse time

lhe !FC51 B, 53B and 77B re 1 ays also Inc 1 ude a hinged-armature instantaneous

overcurrent unit, which provides Instantaneous tripping at high current

levels. lhe Instantaneous unit Is not Included In the JFCSl�. 53A or 77A

relays. Both the time overcurrent unit and the instantaneous overcurrent unit

are described in detail In the section on CONSTRUC110ft. Each relaY is

equipped with a dual-rated target and seal-in unit.

When semi f1 ush mounted on a sui tab 1 e pane 1, these relays have a high seismic

capability, Including both the target seal-in unit and the instantaneous

overcurrent unit when It is supplied. �lso, these relays are recognized under

1FC531\, 1FC53B - VerY inverse time

IFC77A, 1FC77B - Extreme1 Y inverse time

the Components Program of Underwriters Laborato ries, Inc.

The re 1 ay is moun ted in a size Cl d rawout case o f mo 1 ded construct I on. lhe

outline and panel drilling are shown in Figures 23 and 24. lhe relaY internal

connections are shown In Figure 4 tor the !FC51A, 53� and 77A, and in Figure 5

for the IFC51B. 538 and 778.

Time overcurrent relays are used extensivelY for the protection of utility and

industrial pawer distribution systems and frequently tor overload backUP

protection at other 1 oca t ions. 1he EX1REMEL Y INVERSE t ;me characters i st i cs,

Figures 10 and 22, of the IFC77A and 77B relays are designed primarily for use

where they are required to coordinate rather closely with power fuses.

dis t ri but ion cutouts and rec 1 osers. lhey also provide maximum to 1 era nee to

a 11 ow for cold 1 oad pickUP such as results from an extended service outage

which results in a heavy accumulation of loads of automaticallY controll<

devices such as refrigerators, water heaters, water pumps, oil burners et<

Sue h 1 oad accumu 1 a ti ons often produce Inrush currents cons i derab 1 y in �xc<

of feeder fu 1 1 1 oad current for a short t ;me after the feeder is energi z

APPLICATION

..... '"'''"''''"" .. ... , ...... .. ..... ... .

...... .. .......... '" .,.,,.... .....

, ..... . ..... ........ .

......... , ....... '"

..,.. ..... "''' ..

........... ......... .. ........... .

'"''"' ,.

, ................. .. ,., ... , ......... ,,.., ... ..... "'''' .............

,.,,,,,

... , .•. , .•.•..•... , ........ ......... .................. .................. '""""''

.. ... ······ ........... ''"'""'' ......... , ................. , . "''· "" ......... .

'"' .. .... ........... ,, ... .... ....... "' ,.,., ..... ...... , ...... >«•"'' .,., "'" .... . -3-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 4: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

The £XTR£M£L Y INVERSE time cha rae ter i st ic often permits successful Pickup of

these loads and at the same time provides adequate fault Protection.

The VERY INVERSE time cha rae ter ist ics, Figures 7 and 21, of the 1 FC53A and 53B

relays are likely to Provide faster overall protection in applications where

the available fault current magnitude remains fairly constant due to a

relatively constant generating capacity. The variation in the magnitude of

fault current through the relay is therefore mainly dependent upon the

location of the fault With respect to the relay. The INVERSE time overcurrent characteristics, Figures 6 and 20, of the IFC51A

and 518 relays tend to make the relay operating time less dependent upon the

magnitude of the fault current than in the case of VERY INVERSE and EXTREMELY

INVERSE devices. For this reason, INVERSE type relays are likely to provide

faster overall Protection in applications where the available fault current

magnitudes vary significantly as a result of frequent changes in the source

i1npedance due to system loading and switching. The usual application of these relays requires three relays for multiphase

fault protection, one per phase, and a separate relay residually connected for

single-phase-to-ground faults. Typical external connections for this app li-

cation are shown in Figure g_ Use of a separate ground relay is advantageous

because it can be set to provide more sensitive Protection against ground

fau 1ts.

When setting these relays to coordinate With downstream relays, a coordination

time of from 0.25 to 0.40 seconds is generally allowed, depending on the

clearing time of the breaker involved and how accurately the relay time can be

estimated. These coordination times include, in addition to breaker clearing

time, 0. 10 seconds for relay ov ertrave l and 0.17 seconds for safety factor.

For examp 1 e, if the breaker clearing time is 0.13 seconds ( 8 cycles), the

coordination time would be 0.40 seconds (0.13 + 0.10 + 0.17). If the relay

time is set for the specific current level at the site, and if it has been

tested the safety factor may be reduced to 0. 07 seconds. Then if the

downst;eam breaker time is 5 cycles (0.08 seconds), a minimum of 0.25 seconds

(0. 08 + 0.10 + 0. 07) could be all owed for coordination. If relay coordination

times are ma rg ina l or impossible to obtain, use the rei ay overtrave l curves of

Figures 10, 11 or 12 to refine the relay sett 1ngs • . Fust determ1 ne the re) ay

'Derating time necessary to just match the operat1ng t1me of the downstream

elay with which coordination is desired • . Determine the multiple of pickup

1d the necessary time dial sett1ng to prov1de th1s relay operatwg t1me. Use

e appropriate curve of Figure 10, 11 or 12 to determine the overtrave) time

percent of operating time, and covert th 1S 1 nto real t 1me. Add th 1 s t 1 me

the breaker time and the safety factor t 1me and the on g 1 na l relay

·ating time to determine the final relay operating time. Set the relay to

value.

In the application of these relays with downstream automatic reclosing

devices, the relay reset time should be considered. This is the time required

for the relay to go from the contacts-fu)) Y-cl osed position to the full y-o pen

position when set at the number 10 time dial. At lower time dial settings the

reset times are Proportionately lower. The reset time of all VERY INVERSE and

EXTREMELY INVERSE relays is approxima te)y 60 seconds. The reset time of all

INVERSE relays covered by these instructions is approximately 12 seconds.

-4-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 5: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

,ce the current in the re1aY operatin9 coi1 is cut _off, the rehY contacts

,1i 11 0pen in approximate 1 y 6 eye 1 es ( 0.1 second) Wl th norm• 1 �dJ us.tment of

contact wipe. lhiS �rmitS the use of the re1 aY 1n conJunct•on w1th

instantaneous rec1osing schemes without risk of a fa)se retriP when the

c;rcui t brea\<.er is rec1 osed on a circuit trom which a fau 1 t has just been

lhe instantaneous o•ercurrent unit present in the !fC51B, 538 and 776 relays

cleared.

has a transient o•ereach character istic as i1 1 ustrated in figure 13. lhiS is

the result of the oc offset that is usua1 1Y present in the 1 ine current at the

inception of a fau1t. When determining the pic\<.UP setting for this unit, the

transient o•erreach must be ta\<.en into cons ;deration. lhe percent transient

o•erreach should be applied to increase the ca1 cu1 ated pickuP setting

propOrtionatelY so that the instantaneous unit wi11 not o•erreach a downstream

de•i ce and therebY cause a 1oss of coordination in the system pro tection

scheme. lhe operating time characteristics of this unit are shoWfl in figure

CONS1RUC110N

lhe !FC induction disk relaYS consist of a molded case, co•«· support

structure assemb 1 y, and a connection p1 ug to make up the e1 ectrica 1

connection. see co••• Figure and Figures 1, 2, 3 and 19. Figures 2 and 3

shoW the induction unit mounted to the molded suppOrt structure. lhiS disk is

14.

acti •a ted by a current-operating coi 1 mounted on either a 1 ami noted EE- or a

u-Magnet- lhe dis\<. and shaft assemblY carries a mo•ing contact, which

completes the a1 arm or triP circuit when it toucheS a stationarY contact. lhe

disk assemblY is restrained by a sp;ra1 spring to gi•e the proper contact

closing current. Its rotation is retarded bY a permanent magnet mounted in a

molded housing on the suppert structure.

lhe d rawou t connect i onftes t system for the Cl case, s hovm in Figure 19, has

pro•isions for 14 connection points. and a •isib1 e Cl shorting bar located up

front. �s the connection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorter contact

fingers in the output contact circuits fi est. lhUS, the trip circuit is

opened before any other circuits are disconnected. �ext, current circuit

fingers on the case connection b1ock engage the shorting bar (located at the

1ower front of the case) to short-circuit external current transformer

secondarY connections. lhe windoW pro•ides •isua1 confirmation of Cl

shorting. lhe connection p1ug then clears the current circuit contact fingers

on the case and fi na 1 1 y those on the re 1 aY support structure, to de- energ ;ze

the dra�out element comp1 ete1 Y·

lhere is a High-Seismic target and sea1-in unit mounted on the front to th•

1 eft of the shaft of the time o•ercurrent unit (see figure 1). lhe sea1-i•

unit haS its coil in series and itS contacts in para1 1 e1 with the contacts c

the t ;me o• ercu rren t unit, such t nat when the i nduc ti on unit contacts c 1 oSI

the sea1-in unit picks up and seals in. When the seal-in unit picks up,

raises a target into •ieW, which latches up and remains expOsed until re1ea'

bY pressing a reset button located on the upper \eft side of the co•••·

-5-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 6: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375 The IFC "B" model relays, in addition to the above, contain a high-seismic

instantaneous unit (see Figure 1). The instantaneous unit is a small hinged­

type unit which is mounted on the front to the right of the shaft of the time

overcu rrent unit. Its contacts are normally connected in para 11 e 1 with the

contacts of the time overcu rrent unit , and its co i 1 i s connected in series

with the t i me ove rcurrent on ft. When the instantaneous u n 1t picks up, it

raises a target which latches up and remains exposed until it is released. The

same reset button that releases the target seal-in unit also releases the

target of the instantaneous unit. A magnetic shield, depicted in Figure 1, is mounted to the support structure

of Inverse and very inverse time overcurrent IFC relays (IFC51 and IFC53), to

eliminate the proximity effect of external magnetic materials. Both the High-Seismic target and seal-in unit and the High-Seismic

instantaneous unit have the letters "Hi-G" molded into their target blocks to

distinguish them as High-Seismic units. Seismic Fragility Level exceeds peak

axia 1 acceleration of JOg • s ( 4g ZPA) when tested using a biaxia 1 molt!­

frequency input motion to produce a Required Response Spectrum (RRS) in

accordance with the IEEE Proposed Guide for Seismic Testing of Relays, P50J,

May, 1977.

The relays are designed for operation in an ambient air temperature from

-2ooc to +55°C.

RATINGS

JIME OVERCURRENT UNIT Ranges for the time overcurrent unit are shown in Table I.

Relay

IFC51A & B IFC53A & B IFC77A & B

Frequency

50 and 60

TABLE I

0.5 - 4.0 l.O - 12.0

The current taps are selected with two sliding tap screws on an alphabetically

labeled tap block.

The tap screw settings are as listed in Table II, on Page 20, for each model

of relay and tap range. The one-second thermal ratings are listed in Table III.

-6-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 7: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1

I

I I

Model Time

I FC 51

I FC53

IFC 77

Overcurrent ( Amperes }

0. 5 - 4.0 1. 0 - 12. 0

0. 5 - 4. 0 1.0 - 1�.0

0 .5 4. - 0 1. 0- 12. 0

Unit

GEK-45375

TABLE I I I

One Second Rating (Amperes )

128 260 140 260

84 220

Any Tap K

16384 67600

19600 67600

7056 48 400

Ratings less than one second may be calculated according to the formula

I = JK/T, where T is the time in seconds that the current flows.

The continuous ratings for the time overcurrent unit are shown in Tables IV and V.

TABLE IV 0.5 - 4.0 Ampere Range Ratings

l Tap

Model 0 . 5 0.6 0. 7 0.8 1. 0 1 . 2 1.5 2. 0 2.5 3.0 4 . 0

�I FC 51 1.6 1.8 2.0 2. 1 2. 3 2. 7 3.0 3.5 4. 0 4. 5 5 . 0 hFC53 3.8 4.0 4.2 4. 4 4. 7 5.0 5. 3 5.8 6.2 6.6 7. 1 I FC 77 2.5 2.7 3.0 3. 2 3.6 4.0 4. 5 5. 2 5.9 6. 5 7.5

TABLE V 1.0 - 12.0 Ampere Range Ratings

Tap

Model 1. 0 1. 2 1. 5 2. 0 2. 5 3. 0 4. 0 5. 0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10. 0 12 .o; I FC51 3 .7 4. 1 4.6 5.3 6.0 6 . 5 7.6 8 . 5 9.3 10 . 0 10.8 12. 1 13. 21 I FC 53 6 .8 7. 1 7.7 8.3 8.8 9.4 10.3 11.0 11.6 12.4 12.6 13.5 14.4, I FC 77 5.8 6.4 7.2 8.4 9. 4 10.4 12.1 13.6 15.1 16.4 17.6 19. 8 21. 8

HI GH-SEISMIC INSTANTANEOUS UNIT

The instantaneous coil is tapped for operation on either one of two ranges ( H or L). Selection of the high or low range is determined by the position of the link located on the top of the support structure ( see Figure 2 and Table VI).

-7-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 8: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TABLE VI

High-Seismic One

Continuous Second Instantaneous Link Range Rating Rating

Unit {Amps) Position (Amps) (Amps) (Amps) K

2 - 50 l 2 - 10 2.7 130 16,900 H 10 - 50 7.5

6 - 150 l 6 - 30 10.2 260 67,600 H 30 - 150 19.6

The range is approximate, which means that the 2-10. 10-50 may be 2-8 8-50. There wil l always be at l east one ampere overlap between th� maximum L setting and the minimum H setting. Whenever possible, be sure to sel ect the higher range, since it has the higher continuous rating.

Higher currents may be applied for shorter lengths of time in accordance with the formula:

I = v'K/T Since the instantaneous unit coil is in series with the time overcurrent unit coil, see Tables III, IV, V and VI to determine the current-limiting e l ement for both continuous and short-time ratings.

HIGH-SEISMIC TARGET AND SEAL-IN UNIT

Ratings for the target and seal-in unit are shown in Tabl e VII.

TABLE VII

DC Resistance ! 10% (ohms} Min. Operating (Amps) +0 -60% Carry Continuous (Amperes) Carry 30 Amps for (sec.) Carry 10 Amps for (sec.) 60 Hz Impedance (ohms)

0.2

8.0 0.2 0.3 0.03 0.25 68.6

Tap 2

0.24 2.0 3 4 30 0.73

If the tripping current exceeds 30 amperes, an auxiliary relay should be used, the connections being such that the tripping current does not pass through the contacts or the target and seal-in coils of the protective relay.

CONTACTS

The current-cl osing rating of the contacts is 30 amperes for voltages not exceeding 250 volts. The current-carrying rating is limited by the ratings of the sea l -in unit.

-8-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 9: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

BURDENS

Burdens for the time overcurrent unit are given in Table VIII.

TABLE VIII

Min Burdens at Min. Burdens in Ohms Tap Pickup Min. Tap {Z) Times Pickup

Model Hz Range AmQS {Ohms} R Jx z 3 10 20

IFC51 60 0.5 - 4.0 0.5 5.43 21.53 22.20 12.55 5.14 3.29 1.0-12.0 1.0 1.47 5.34 5.54 3.09 1.28 0.82

IFC53 60 0.5- 4.0 0.5 1.52 4.23 4.50 4.47 3.10 1.93 1.0-12.0 1.0 0.38 1.06 1.13 1.11 0.78 0.49

IFC77 60 0.5- 4.0 0.5 1.5 5 2.36 2.82 2.86 2.93 2.76 1.0-1 2.0 1.0 0.59 0.43 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.70

IFC51 50 0.5- 4.0 0.5 4.53 17.95 18.50 11.45 4.28 2.70 1 . 0- 12.0 1.0 1.22 4.45 4.62 2.58 1.07 0.68

IFC53 50 0.5- 4.0 0.5 1.27 3.52 3.75 3.72 2.58 1.61 1.0-12.0 1.0 0.32 0.88 0.94 0.93 0.65 0.41

IFC77 50 0.5- 4.0 0.5 1.29 1.97 2.35 2.38 2.44 2.30 1.0-12 .o 1.0 0.49 0.36 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.58

Note: The impedance values given are those for minimum tap of each range; the impedance for other taps at pickup current (tap rating) varies inversely (approximately) as the square of the tap rating. For example, an IFC77 60 Hz relay with 0.5 - 4.0 amp range has an impedance of 2.82 ohms on the 0.5 amp tap. The impedance of the 2.0 amp tap is (0.5/2.0)2 x 2.82 =

0. 176 ohms.

The High-Seismic instantaneous unit burdens are listed in Table IX.

TABLE IX

High- Min. Burdens at Min. Burdens in Ohms Seismic Pick- Pickup Min. Tap (Z) Times Pickup Inst. Hz Link Range up (Ohms)

Unit Posi- (Amps) Amps (Am(2s} tion R Jx z 3 10 20 2-50 60 L 2-10 2 0.750 0.650 0.982 0.634 0.480 0.457

H 10- 50 10 0.070 0.024 0.079 0.072 0.071 0.070 6- 1 50 60 l 6-30 6 0.110 0.078 0.135 0.095 0.081 0.079

H 30-150 30 0.022 0.005 0.023 0.022 0.022 0.022 2-50 50 L 2-10 2 0.625 0.542 0.827 0.528 0.400 0.380

H 10-50 10 0.058 0.020 0.062 0.060 0.059 0.058 6- 1 50 50 L 6-30 6 0.092 0.065 0.112 0.079 0.068 0.066

H 30-150 30 0.0 18 0.004 0.019 0.018 0.018 0.018

9 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 10: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

CHARACTERISTICS

TIME OVERCURRENT UNIT

Pickup

Pickup in these relays is defined as the current required to close the contacts from the 0.5 time dial position. Current settings are made by means of two movable leads which connect to the tap block at the top of the support structure ( see Figure 1). The tap block is marked A through J, A through M or A through N. See the nameplate on the relay for tap settings.

Example: The 2 amp tap for a 1 to 1 2 I FC77 time overcurrent relay requires one movable lead in position D and the other in position H.

Operating Time Accuracy

The IFC relays should operate within 2: 7% or 2: the time dial setting times 0.10 second, whichever is greater, of the published time curve. Figures 6-8 and 20-22 show the various time-current characteristics for the IFC relays. The setting of the time dial determines the length of time required to close the contacts for a given current. The higher the time dial setting, the longer the operating time.

The contacts are just closed when the time dial is set to 0. The maximum time setting occurs when the time dial is set to 10 and the disk has to travel its maximum distance to close the contacts.

The unit resets at 90% of the m1n1mum closing current. Reset times are proportionate to the time dial settings. The time to reset to the number 10 time dial position v1hen the current is reduced to 0 is a pproximately 6 0 seconds for the I FC53 and 77 relays. The IFC51 relay will reset in approximately 12 seconds from the same number 10 time dial.

HIGH-SEISMIC INSTANTANEOUS UNIT

The instantaneous unit has a 25 to 1 range with a tapped coil. There are high and low ranges, selected by means of a link located on the top of the support structure. See Figure 1. The time-current curve for the instantaneous unit is shown in Figure 1 4 .

HIGH-SEISMIC TARGET AND SEAL-IN UNIT

The target and seal-in unit has two tap selections located on the front of the unit. See Figure 1 .

RECEIVING, HANDLING AND STORAGE

These relays, when not included as part of a control panel, will be shipped in cartons designed to protect them against damage. Immediately upon receipt of

-10-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 11: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

a relay, examine it for any damage sustained in transit. I f injury or damage

resulting from rough handling is evident, file a damage claim at once with th e

transportation company and promptly n otify the nearest General Electric Sales

Office.

Reasonable care should be exercised in unpacking the relay in order that none of the parts are injured or the adjustments disturbed.

If the relays are not to be installed immediately, they should be stored in their original cartons in a place that is free from moisture, dust and metallic chips. Foreign matter collected on the outside of the case may find its way inside when the cover is removed, an d cause trouble in the operation of the relay.

ACCEPTANCE TESTS

Immediately upon receipt o f the relay, an inspection and acceptance test should be made to insure that no damage has been sustained in shipment and that the relay calibrations have n ot been disturbed. If the examination or test indicates that readjustment is necessary, refer to the section on SERVICING.

These tests may be performed as part of the installation or of the acceptance tests, at the discretion o f the user.

Si nee most operating companies use di fferent procedures for acceptance and installation tests, the following section includes all applicable tests that may be performed on these relays.

VISUAL INSPECTI ON

Check the nameplate stamping to insure that the model number, rating and calibration range o f the rel ay received agree with the requisition.

Remove the relay from its case and check by visual inspection that there are no broken or cracked molded parts or other signs of physical damage.

MECHANICAL INSPECTION

1. There should be no noticeable friction when the disk is rotated slowly cl ockwise. The disk should return by itself to its rest position.

2. Make sure the control spring is n ot deformed, n or its convolutions tangled or touchin g each other.

3. The armature and contacts of the seal-in unit, as well as the armature and contacts o f the instantaneous unit, should move freely when operated by hand; there should be at least 1/6411 wipe on the seal-in and the in stantaneous contacts.

4. The targets in the seal-in unit and in the instantaneous unit must come into view and latch when the armatures are operated by hand and sh"uld unlatch when the target release button is operated.

-11-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 12: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

5. Make s ure that the brushes and sho rting bars agree with the internal con nec tion s d iagram .

6. Chec k that all sc rews are tight.

C AUTI ON SHOULD THERE BE A NEED TO TI GHTEN ANY SC REWS , DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN, TO PREVENT STR I PPING.

DRAWOUT RELAY TESTING

The JFC relays may be tes ted without removing them from the panel by using the 12XCA1IA1 four-poin t tes t probes . The 12XCA11A2 fo ur- poin t tes t pro be makes connectio n s to both the relay and the external c irc uitry , whic h provides maximum flexibil ity bu t requires reasonable care , s ince a C T s ho rting jumper is nec es s ary when testing the relay. The CT c irc uit may also be tested by u sin g an ammeter in stead of the s ho rting jumper. See the tes t circuit in Figure 15.

GENERAL POWER REQUIREMENTS

All altern ating current ( AC ) operated d evices are affected by frequency. Since non-s in uso id al waveforms can be analyzed as a fund amental frequen cy plus harmon ic s o f the fund amental frequency, it follo ws that AC d evices (relays ) will be affec ted by the applied waveform. Therefore, in o rder to properly test AC relays it is es s ential to use a sine wave o f c urrent and /o r voltage. The pu rity of the s in e wav e ( i. e. , its freedom from harmonics ) c annot be expres sed as a finite number for any partic ular relay; ho wever, any relay u sing tuned c irc uits , R- L or RC network s , or s atu ratin g electromagnets ( s uc h as time o vercurrent relays) would be es sentially affected by non-s in usoid al waveforms . H ence a res is tance-limited circuit , as s hown in Figu res 16-18, is recommend ed.

T IME OVER CU RRENT UNIT

Ro tate the time dial s lowly and check by means of a 1 amp that the contacts jus t c lo s e at the 0 time dial setting.

The point at which the con tacts jus t clo se c an be adjusted by run ning the station ary contact bru s h in or o ut by mean s of its adju sting s c rew.

With the contac ts just c lo s in g at No. 0 time setting , there s ho uld be s u fficient gap between the stationary c ontac t brus h and its metal bac king strip to ens ure approximately l/3 2" wipe.

The minimum c urrent at which the contac ts will just c lo s e is determined by the tap setting in the tap blo c k at the to p of the s uppo rt structure. See CHARACTERISTICS s ection .

The pic kup o f the time o verc urrent u nit for any c urrent tap setting is ad justed by means of a sprin g- adjusting ring. See Figure 1 . The s pring-

-12-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 13: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

adjusting ring either winds or unwinds the spiral control spring (see Figure 1). By turning the ring, the operating current of the unit may be brought into agreement with the tap setting employed, if this adjustment has been disturbed. This adjustment also permits any desired setting intermediate between the various tap settings to be obtained. I f such adjustment is required, it is recommended that the higher tap be used. It should be noted that the relay will not necessarily agree with the time current characteristics of Figures 6-8 and 20-22 if the relay has been adjusted to pick up at a value other than tap value, because the torque level of the relay has been changed.

Time Setting

The setting of the time dial determines the length of time the unit requires to close the contacts when the current reaches a predetermined value. The contacts are just closed when the time dial is set on 0. When the time dial is set on 10, the disk must travel the maximum amount to close the contacts and therefore this setting gives the maximum time setting.

The primary adjustment for the time of operation of the unit is made by means of the time dial. However, further adjustment is obtained by moving the permanent magnet along its supporting shelf; moving the magnet toward the disk and shaft decreases the time, while moving it away increases the time.

Pickup Test

Set the relay at 0.5 time dial position and the lowest tap. Using the test connections in Figure 16, the main unit should close the contacts within � 3% of tap value current for 60Hz relays and within� 7.5% of tap value current for 5 0 Hz relays.

Time Test

Set the relay at No. 5 time dial setting and the lowest tap. Using the test connections in Figure 16, apply five times tap current to the relay. The relay operating time to close its contact is listed in Table X.

F Relay

I FC51 I FC53 I FC77

HIGH-SEISMIC INSTANTANEOUS UNIT

TABLE X

H z

50 and 60 50 and 60 50 and 60

Time Min. 1.76 1.28 0.8 9

(seconds) Max. 1. 80 1 . 34 0.95

Make sure that the instantaneous unit link is in the correct position for the range in which it is to operate. See the Internal Connections Diagram, Figure 5, and connect as indicated in the test circuit of Figure 17. Whenever possible, use the higher range, since the higher range has a higher continuous rating.

-13-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 14: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

Se tting the H i gh -Se i smic I nstantaneous Uni t

The i nstantaneous uni t has an adjustable core located at the top of the un i t as s hown i n Fi gure I. To set the i ns tantaneous un i t to a d es i red pi c kup, loos en the locknut and adjust the c ore. Turni ng the core c lo c kw i s e dec reas e s the pi c kup; turning the co re counterclockwise i ncreases the p i c kup. Bri n g up the current slowly unti l the un i t p i c k s up. It may be n ecessary to repeat this o perat i on unti l the d esired pi c kup value is obtai ned. Once the d es i red pi c k up v alue is reac hed, ti ghten the loc knut.

CAUTION REFER TO TABLE VI FOR THE CONTINUOUS AND ONE- SECOND RATINGS OF THE INSTANTANEOUS UNIT. DO NOT E XCEED THESE RATINGS WHEN APPLYING CU RRENT TO THE INSTANTANEOUS UNIT.

The range of the i nstantaneous un i t ( s ee Table VI) core po s i ti o n of 1/8 of a turn from full counterc lo c kw i s e from the full c lo c kwi s e pos i ti on. the full clockw i s e po s i ti on .

must be o btai ned betwee n a c lockw i s e and 20 turn s Do no t leave the core i n

H I GH- SEISMI C TARGET AND SEAL- IN UNIT

The target and seal-i n unit has an operati ng co i l tapped at 0.2 and 2 . 0 am peres . The relay i s shi ppped from the factory wi th the tap screw i n the h i gher ampe re po s i tion. The tap screw i s the s crew hold i n g the ri ght- hand stationary contact. To change th e tap setti ng, fi rs t remov e o ne screw from the left-hand stati onary contact and plac e i t i n the d es i red tap. Next, remove the screw from the unde s i red tap and plac e it o n the left-hand stationary contact wh ere th e fi rs t s crew was removed ( see F i gure 1). Thi s procedure is necessary to prev en t th e ri ght-hand s tati onary contact from getti ng out of adjustment. Screws s hould never be left i n bo th taps at th e same ti me.

P i ckup and Dropout Test

1.

2.

3 .

4 .

5 .

Connect relay stud s 1 and 2 (see the tes t c i rcui t of Fi gure 18 ) to a DC sourc e of pro per frequency and good waveform, us i n g an ammeter and 1 oad box s o that the curre nt c an be contra 11 ed over a range of 0.1 to 2.0 am peres.

Turn the time d ial to the ZERO TIME DIAL pos i tion.

Increas e the current slowl y unti l the s eal - in un i t p i cks up . Se e Table XI.

Mo ve the time dial away from the ZERO TIME DIAL po siti on; th e seal­i n unit should remai n i n the pi c ked- up po s iti o n .

Decrease the c urre nt slowly unti l the seal- i n unit d ro ps out. See Table XI.

- 14-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 15: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TABLE XI t= Tap Pickup Current 0.2 0.12 - 0.20 2.0 1.2 - 2.0

--

INSTALLATION

Dropout Curren�· .05 or more .50 or more

The relay should be installed in a clean, dry location, free from dust, and well lighted to facilitate inspection and testing.

The relay should be mounted on a vertical surface. The outline and panel dril1ings are shown in Figures 23 and 24. Figure 23 shows the semi-flush mounting (necessary for high seismic capability), and Figure 24 shows various methods of surface mounting.

The internal connection diagrams for the relays are shown in Figures 4 and 5. Typical external connections are shown in Figure 9 .

INSTALLATION TESTS

The following tests are to be performed at the time of installation:

Time Overcurrent Unit

Set the tap block to the desired tap setting and the time dial to the 0.5 position. Using the test cir cuit in Figure 16, gradually apply current until the contacts just close. This value of current is defined as pickup, and should be within 3% of tap value for 60Hz relays and within 7.5% of tap value for 50 Hz relays.

Check the operating time at some multiple of tap value and the desired time dial setting. This multiple of tap value may be 5 times tap rating or the maximum fault current for which the relay must coordinate. This value is left to the discretion of the user.

High-Seismic Target and Seal-In Unit

1. Make sure that the tap screw is in the desired tap.

2. Perform pickup and dropout tes t s as outlined in ACCEPTANCE TESTS section.

High-Seismic Instantaneous Unit

1. Select the desired range by setting the link in the proper position (see Figure 1 and the lnternal Connections Diagram, Figures 4 and 5). Whenever possible, be sure to select the higher range, since it has a higher continuous rating.

2. Set the instantaneous unit to pick up at the desired current level. See Setting the High-Seismic Instantaneous Unit in the ACCEPTANCE TESTS section.

-15-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 16: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

All the te sts des cribed a bo v e u n der INSTAllATION TESTS mu s t be performed a t the time of ins talla tio n . I n addi ti o n , if tho s e tes ts des cribed unde r th e ACCEPTANCE TESTS s ectio n we re not perfo rmed prio r to i n s talla tio n , it is recommended they be pe rfo rmed a t this time.

PERIODIC CHECKS AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

In view of the vita l role of pro tective relays in the o p e ra tion of a power sys tem, it is impo rta nt tha t a pe r i odi c tes t program be followe d. It is recognized tha t the interval between periodic chec k s will vary dependin g u po n environment, type of relay a nd the u s e r's experience with pe riodic tes ting. Until the user h a s a ccumula te d eno u gh experi ence to select the te s t inte rval bes t suited to his individu a l requirements, it is s ugges ted that th e follo wing poin ts be checked a t a n in te rv a l of from one to two yea rs .

These te sts a re in tended to e ns u re that the relays have no t devia ted from th eir or i gina l s e ttin g . If devia tions a re enco u n te red, the relay m u s t be re tes ted a nd se rviced as des cribed i n this m a nu a 1 .

TIME OVERCURRENT UNI T

1 . Pe rform pickup tes t fo r th e ta p setting in s e rvice , a s desc r i bed i n the INSTALLATION s ection.

2. Pe rfo rm the time tests as des c ribed in the INSTALLATION s e c tion.

HIGH- SEISMIC INSTANTANEOUS UNIT

C heck that the in s ta nta neous u n it pic ks up a t the des ired cu rre nt level, a s o utlined in the ACCEPTANCE TESTS s ecti on.

H IGH-SEISMIC TARGET AND SEAL- IN UNIT

1 . C heck tha t the un i t pick s u p a t the values s h own in Table XI.

2. Check th at the unit dro ps o u t a t 25% o r mo re of ta p value.

CONTACT CLEANING

Fo r clea ning fine s i lv e r relay co nta cts , a flexible bu rn i s h ing tool should be us ed. This con s is ts of a n etc hed- ro ughened s trip o f flexible me ta l , resembling a s up e rfine file. T h e polis h in g a cti o n is s o delic ate tha t n o sc ra tches a re left , yet it will clean off a n y c o rro s i o n thoro u ghly a nd ra pidly. The flexibility of the too l in s u re s th e cleanin g of the a c tua l po i n ts of contac t. Never u s e kn ives, files , o r a brasive pa pe r or c lo th of any kind to clea n fine silv e r con ta cts. A bu rnis h ing to ol a s des c ribed above ca n be o btained from the fac tory.

-16-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 17: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

COVER CLEANING

The clear Lexan® c over s h ould be clean ed with a s oft c loth and water only. Cleaning s olu tions should n ot be u sed.

SYSTEM TEST

Alth ou gh this in struction book is primarily written to c h ec k and set the IFC relay, ov erall fu nction al te sts to c heck the system operation are recommended, at intervals based on the custome r's experience.

SYSTEM TEST

Alth ou gh th is instruc tion book is primarily writte n to chec k and set th e IFC re lay, ov eral l fu nction al te sts to c h eck the system operation are rec omme nded , at in terv als based on the customer's experience.

SERVICING

TIME OVERCURRENT UNI T

If it is fou nd d u rin g in stallation or period ic te sting that the time over­current unit is ou t of limits, the u n it may be rec alibrated as follows:

Pick u p Te sts

Rotate time d ial to No. 0 time dial setting and c heck by mean s of a lamp th at the contac ts ju s t close.

The poin t at whic h the c on tac ts ju st close c an be adju s ted by ru nning the s tationary c ontac t bru s h in or ou t by mean s of its ad justing sc rew. This s c rew s h ou ld be held sec u rely in its support.

With the c on tac ts ju st c losing at No. 0 time setting, s u fficient gap between the station ary c ontac t bru s h and s trip to en sure approximately 1 /32" wipe.

there s h ou ld be its metal bac k in g

The pic kup of th e u n it for any cu rre nt tap se tting is adjusted by means of a spring-adjusting r i ng . By tu rning the rin g, th e operating cu rrent of the unit may be brought into agreement with th e tap se tting employed, if for some reason this ad ju stment h as been distu rbed. This ad ju stment also permits any desired se tting in te rmediate between th e variou s tap se ttings to be obtained. If s uc h ad ju stment is required, it is recommended that the h igher tap setting be u sed. It s h ou ld be noted th at the relay will n ot n ec e ssarily agree with the time -curren t c harac teristic s of Figu re s 6- 8 and 20-22 if the relay has been adju sted to pick up at a valu e othe r th an tap v alu e , bec au se the torque lev el of the relay has bee n c hanged.

Connect the operating c oil termin als to a s ou rc e of th e proper frequency and good wave fore m having a v oltage of 110 or more, with re s is tance load boxes for setting the c u rren t ( see Te st circ uit of Figu re 16 ) .

- 17-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 18: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

Wi th the tap bl ock set fo r the l owes t ta p and the time d ia l set where conta c ts a re just o pen, a d ju s t the control sprin g to just c lo se the contac ts within the limits give n in Table XII, whic h are� 1 % of the tap amps .

Tap Ra nge 0.5 - 4 1. 0 - 1 2. 0

Tap

0. 5 1 . 0

TABLE XII

Mi n. Amps

. 4 9 5

. 99

Ma x. Amps . 505

1. 0 1

I t shoul d nev e r be nec essa ry to wind u p the control sprin g adju s ter mo re tha n 300 (one notc h) o r to unwind i t more tha n 1200 ( fo ur notc hes) from the fac to ry se tting to o bta i n the abo v e pic kup sett i n g.

T i me Tes ts

Wi th the ta p bl ock set fo r the lowe s t ta p and the time d ia l a t No . 5 settin g, apply 5 time s tap c urrent to the re l a y.

Adjust the po s i t i o n of the d ra g ma gnet a s sembly to o bta in a n ope ra ting time a s l i s ted in Ta bl e XIII.

R e l ay

I FC 51 I FC53 I FC77

TABLE X I II

Time {Seconds) Min. Max. 1. 76 1. 8 0 1 . 2 9 1.33 0. 9 0 0 .94

It would be prefe rable to adjust the o pera tin g time as nearl y a s pos s ible to 1.78, 1.31 o r 0. 92 seconds. The d rag magnet a s sembly sho u ld be a pproxima tely in the mid dle of its tra ve l . The dra g ma gnet a s sembly is adjus te d by l oosening the two screws securing it to the support s truc ture (see Figu r e 1). Mov in g the d ra g ma gnet towa rds the disk a n d s haft dec reas e s the ope ra ting time a n d mov in g the dra g magnet away fro m the d is k a nd s ha ft inc reases the ope ra tin g time. The s crews sec u ring the dra g ma gnet a ssembly to the s u pport struc ture must be ti ght befo re proceed ing with other time c hecks.

Mec ha n ic a l Adju s tmen t

The disk doe s not have to be in the exact cente r o f eithe r a ir gap for the relay to perform correc tly. Should the disk not c lea r a ll gaps , however, the fo l l o w i n g a d justment can be mad e.

1. Dete rmine whi ch way th e d i s k mus t be a ligned to c lear all gap surfa c es by 0. 010 inc h.

2. Remo v e the d ra g ma gnet a s sembl y by l oo senin g the two sc rews securing it to the suppo rt struc ture. The sc rews need not be removed.

3. Loo sen th e uppe r pivot bea r i ng set screw (1/1611 hex wrench) s l ightly, so the upper pivot can mov e freely. Do not remove the set sc rew from the s upport struc ture.

-18-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 19: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

4 . Loosen the jewel bearing set screw as in 3 above.

5. Apply a slight downward finger pressure on the upper pivot and turn the jewel bearing screw, from the underside of the support structure, to position the disk as determined in 1 above.

6. Turn the jewel bearing screw 1 /8 turn clockwise and tighten the upper pivot set screw to 2. 5 - 3. 5 inch pounds of torque.

7 . Turn the jewel bearing screw 1/8 turn counterclockwise. This will lower the disk and shaft assembly approximately 0.00 5 " and permit proper end­play. The shaft must have 0 .005 - 0.010" of end-play.

8. Tighten the jewel bearing set screw to 2. 5 - 3 . 5 inch pounds of torque.

9. Rotate the disk through the electromagnet gap. The disk could clear the gap surfaces by 0.0 1 0" and be within 0.005 " flatness. If the disk is not within 0 .005 " flatness, the disk should be replaced.

10. Reinstall the drag magnet assembly and check that the disk has at least 0. 0 10 " clearance from the drag magnet assembly surfaces.

1 1 . Tighten the drag magnet assembly mounting screws with 7-10 inch pounds of torque, after securely seating the assembly and positioning it according to the Time Test above (page 1 8 ) .

HIGH-SEISMIC INSTANTANEOUS UNIT

1 . Both contacts should close at the same time.

2 . The backing strip should be so formed that the forked end (front) bears against the molded strip under the armature.

3. With the armature against the pole piece, the cross member of the "T" spring should be in a horizontal plane and there should be at least 1/64" wipe on the contacts. Check this by inserting a 0. 0 10" feeler gage between the front half of the shaded pole and the armature when held closed. Contacts should close with feeler gage in place.

4. Since mechanical adjustments may affect the Seismic Fragility level, it is advised that no mechanical adjustments be made if seismic capability is of concern.

HIGH-SEISMIC TARGET AND SEAL-IN UNIT

Check 1 and 2 as described under INSTANTANEOUS UNIT.

To check the wipe of the seal-in unit, insert a 0 . 0 10" feeler gage between the plastic residual of the armature and the pole piece with the armature held closed. Contacts should close with feeler gage in place. Since mechqnical adjustments may affect the Seismic Fragility level, it is advised that no mechanical adjustments be made if seismic capability is of concern.

- 1 9-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 20: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

RENEWAL PARTS

It is recommended that sufficient quantities of renewal parts be carried in stock to enable the prompt replacement of any that are worn, broken or damaged.

When ordering renewal parts, address the nearest Sales Office of the General Electric Company, specify quantity required, name of the part wanted , and give complete model number of the relay for which the part is required. If possible, give the General Electric requisition number on which the relay was furnished.

Since the last edi t i on , changes have been made i n F i gures 23 & 24.

12IFC51 TAPS AVAILABLE

0.5 0.6 0.7 0.5 1

12IFC53 TAPS AVAILABLE

0.5 0.6 0.7 0.5 1

12IFC77 TAPS AVAILABLE

0.5 0.6 0.7 0.5 1

TABLE II (SEE PAGE 6)

1.2 1.5 2

1.2 1.5 2

1.2 1.5 2

20

2.5 3

2.5 3

2.5 3

4

4

4

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 21: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

S E A L I N

T A R G ET TAP

SE L E C TO R SCREW

SEAL IN U N I T

STATI O N A R Y CONTACT --...:.

SE A L I N

T A R G E T

DR AG MA G N ET

GEK-4537 5

C O N T R O L SPRI N G

ADJUSTING

RING

TIME OVER C U R R E NT

TAP SELECTORS

INSTANTANE O US

U N I T

M A I N MOVI N G

C ONTACT

MAIN STATI O N ARY

BRUSH AND C ONTACT

ASSEMBLY

F i gure 1 (8 0427 08 ) Type I FC 5 3 B Relay, Remov ed from Case , Fron t View

SUPPOH l S T H U C l U R E

DISK

U MA G N E T

A N D TAP

B L O C K ASSEM B l Y

T IME O V E R C U R R f NT

U N I T

F i g u re 2 ( 8 04 2 7 1 1 ) Type I FC 5 3B Relay , Removed from Case , Rear V i ew

- 2 1-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 22: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

EE·MA G N E T A N D

TAP B L O C K ASSEMBLY TIME·O V E R C U R A E N T U N I T

F i g u re 3 (80427 50 ) Type I FC 77B Re l ay, Remo v ed from Ca se, Rea r V i ew

-22-

I ' www .

Elec

tricalP

artM

anua

ls . c

om

Page 23: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

I N DUC TI ON _.--- UNIT

r 2

-* = S H O R T F INGE I? 5

F i gure 4 (0257A8339-5) I nternal Connecti ons for Rel ay Types IFC5 1A , I FC53A and I FC77A - Front V iew

TS I

T S I

* = S'"10RT F ING E R F i gure 5 (0257A8340-5) I nternal Connecti ons for Rel ay types I FC51B , I FC53B and I FC77B - Front V i ew

- 2 3-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 24: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

..1 .I 7 .1 .. 1 1-

.. -.... -...

-

-

, .. .. .. " .. ..

..

"'

" I

:g • z 0 • u "' .... � "' :ll j:; '

I � A -' _. _..

..

.l

_l

_, _.. _.. -" -" ...

_..

_..

_..

.I I _5 .. . 7 J .I 1

GEK- 45375

4 5 I 1 I 1 11 ,. ! I I ! ! B ill

.�

' .'\. " � .\. i'\. 1'-_\.. r-.... '\. ' 1'--,

I' ::---..::: 1'\.. '\. " ' �

" " -...... - -,� ' .____

"

L"- I -...

"'-

...______

T I M E UNIT

4 S 6 7 I I 11

M U LT I P L ES O F

I

I

i

t-...... � � !"- tO r=:: r-. � � I!)

z i -

5 1-1-

4 l&J 3

en -l �'-- 2 < -

----..__ 0 -...... .

UJ

...____ ::::E r---.._ t -

2 1-

� § 1! U ! !� P I CK-U P C U R RE N T 21) lG -40 50 to JO IO M�

F i gure 6 ( 01 08B8943- 2 ) 60 Hertz T i me- C u rren t C ha racter i s t i cs for Re l ay Type s I FC 5 1 A and IFC 5 1 B

- 24-

-

-

I

I -.. -' • -..

-

..

I • " .. l .. ..

..

..

H

I • I

I '

I I

.l

_.

1 . . • ., .. •

....

..

.12

f ' www .

Elec

tricalP

artM

anua

ls . c

om

Page 25: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

' .. , .J J 1 ·-

-... ,.. ... ...

...

""'

""'

... •• .. ,. .. ••

..

"'

..

10 I I

' � .I .I .I ..

.•

·'

.1

.I ... .II .17 ..•

. IS

...

..

..

.II .. .. ,, _, .. ,

GEK-45375

• ' I l I 111 20 ,. .. H to 1e ••!! i! ; : !! u n! I I

'l \\\ \:\� '\:' � \ \ ,\ ' ' \

\ ,\ I\ ·:.

\ \ \ , ,

\ 1\ I\ :�-!\ 1 0 9 ....__ 8 I'-- I'-- 7

i \. E '" c - z

....__ 4 ;:: - ,._

3 lC'

'---..._ •J.

2 _j <1 � 1'-1'- ...._ r---1--- a, T I ME U N I T � -"

I 2

• ' ' 1 1 1 10 10 Ja •• 50 10 }0 ••! l! !! � !! � UI ! I .

M U LT P L E S O F P I CK- U P S E T T I N G

F i gu re 7 ( 01 08B8944- 3 ) 60 Hertz Time- C urren t C haracter i st i cs for Rel ay Types I FC53A and I FC53B

- 25 -

! ! !i ! I Ii ·---,. -

. ..

-

-

...

, .. .. .. " .. ..

..

..

..

II •

.... i: • "' :z ' "'

1i 0 :z

2 0 "'

' .I I

.7 • ..

..

...

.2

·' .. ..

.f7

... . ..

..

a

..

01 ! ! H UI

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 26: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

.J • J .J .. 1 1-----

-

...

-

101 .. .. " ..

..

..

..

"

II I I

'

I .. ..

' ..

..

.l

.l

I ... ... .. ' ...

...

...

JD

JD

.I I S .I .:r .I .I 1

GEK-45375

l 4 I I 1 I I" 2D ll M SO .. ll IIW0 - I ! ! ! I ! ! If I J ! i U UI -

I I I

\\

�,\ \ \' ' ' \ ,\ \\ '

' '

\ II\ \

1 \ \, \ \ \ \1\i\ \ \

1\ 1\1\ �� \

\ r,

. "" [\"\ � ::--.. 1"-."' ·' t-...:

1\ 1\ I""'\ t:-:: :------i\ � � -......

I'--

f' "

'-..

T I M E UN I T

3 4 � I 1 8 I II 20

10 ,..._ l "-- � � -- � i:: "-- "

3 � ....

I"' � I (l

� � �

30 o4G 50 II 70 ... ! 3! ! ! ! ! ! ! II M U LT I PLES OF PICK- U P SETTIN G -

Figure 8 ( 01 08 B8945 - 2 ) 60 He rtz T i me- Current C haracter i st i cs for Relay Types IFC77A and IFC7 7 B

- 26-

I --.. ... -

' -

-

l •

I .. .. .. ' •

..

..

..

"

I I I ' I • -< 3: . "' z

en "' 8 z . �

I .I ..

.I ..

..

..

I ..

... f1

... .

...

..

..

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 27: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

.. .

A- C B U5

5 2

F E E D E R

GEK-45375

50 - 1 � ,-------"\ 5 6

50-2 �

( + ) D - C T R I P B U S

Fi g u re 9 ( 0257A9647 - 0 ) Exte rnal Co nnec t i o n s of Fou r I FC Re l ays Used fo r Mu l t i - P ha se and P ha se-to-Grou nd Fau l t Pro tec t i o n o f a 3- P ha se C i rc u i t

-27-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 28: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

tD r<:l l[) 0 - r0

! tt # :ft 1---i.--1 --+---+---+---t----r---r------+---+-- if) r-lf) - (j) -

0 0 0 r- r- r- 0

��---+---+--�--�--,_--T---r---r--n-,.,--t.-- �-r 0... :::=)

-- L0 I l------4---:-----t-----+---+---+----t---;---;---r--T-t-i- N ::::S::

f---�1------1----- --- ------+--1------ ------- ---+---+---+---t

0 w

0 L()

0 <;;I

0 tJ)

0 (\j

0

3 V'l l 1 :) N I .l 'd 'tl 3 d 0 .:l O 1 N 3 J't! 3 d N l 3lN I 1 l 3 �'d'd l e! 3 A O

0

Fi gu re 1 0 ( 0257A8594- 2 ) Ove rtra vel C u rves fo r Rel ay Type I FC5 1

- 28-

0 Q_

. .. www .

Elec

tricalP

artM

anua

ls . c

om

Page 29: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

. .

1----- -·-- ---

-- - -- - -�

f-·- t--- . -I

f----- ·--- --

f---- ---

---

..

f--1 (\] tl: ! <.f) !

-- -- - ------f----,___ -- ---

---�-�

�- - �-�t= ..

------ ---

- I :tt I

I lf) --·i-· 0 I

I- i I I \J

I

I

I

GEK-45375

0 ('() l[l -tt # t:t - - -- - -<.f) rJ) lf) 0 0 0

- - --·--- --- I-_ f--- - - - I- . r-

I I ----- I 1---- -- !----· i

I ! I I --- -------- - -

I I I I --I

\ I --· \ I I

i I i i \ I

i

' 1\ \ \ \ I

!

\ I �� \ � o� I �I I I I- I 1\ � I \

0 \..0

I I I I I

......... � 1---�--- 1 � I '\I"-\ r--......

0 L[)

� i

I I

l

---:----

0 ["()

-.........

�-----�----1---

0 (\j

0

3 V'J I.l 9 N i l'V CI 3 d 0 � 0 l N 3 JcL 3 d N l 3V\l l l l3/\'v' CJ l tl 3/\0

\ �

F i gu re 1 1 ( 0257A8595 - 2 ) Overtra vel C urves fo r Re l ay Type I FC53

- 29-

0 �

0 rn

0... Ul :::) 0J I

� 0 0...

O LL N O

0

0

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 30: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

1 I 1

1---��- J� -l=--j·-� _j=_ = 1------- ------- --- --

I I I L() I I

l I I I tt ! i ' J ' ' (.[) ' �-----r----- r - - -. - --- o 1

' ' ' ' 1- I I

I I I I

: J � ! ! -,

--- !-·---· \ - - - - - - , -----

' I , , I I :

�� i i f�t--�-----: I I I �- I- -+--'--- i-- --

I - -� -

! ! ; j I I I ! I I

I I i , I I I \ I ! ; I I I

r-� 0 tt lf) 0 I I

1- i l

f�r- ,

I ' I I I ' I 1 l I I I \ I I !

I L I I ' -\H- \ i i I I -I I I I I I

I I I I ('() \ �.tt I I ! I i i I i I

j I ! i I i i\ I : - ! ' I

0 1..0

I I I I i

I

I I I

0 l{)

I I ' I

I I ! ! ! I

j

I !

- e.----

0 �

I I

I I I I j

0 1'0

, � '

� lw

r.f) LT 1-

......,_

---

0 "'

� \ � � � 1----.._

0

I

I

1\ �\

3 lN I 1 9N i l \1cf3 d0 �0 l N 3 'JCJ � d N l 3 lf\J 1 1 l ::l /\'tf ei l tEl /\ 0

L() N

0 N

l()

0

0

Fi gu re 1 2 ( 02 5 7 A85 9 6- 2 ) Ove r t ra v e l C u rves fo r Re l ay Type I FC 7 7

- 30-

I •

(L ::)

I � 0 Q__

lL. 0

Lf) w __j (L 1--1 => �

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 31: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

..

50

20

10

-

l �l T --- 1 [� � --r +- [ - ......

0

I l

GEK-45375

H I SE I �IC RATED INST.IIIITANEOOS UN I T T!WISI ENT OVERREADi

PE11CENT OVEAAEACH � 100 . [ y J 1 A � PICKUP OJRRENT GRAWALLY APPL I ED 8 = CU RREIIT ::UODENL Y APPLI ED

f t- l I I i

{ H I -SE I !'l-11Cl M I N I �'IJM P I CI<-UP r -· - I

0 2 0 8 A 8 6 9 ll

/ '/ L

vv A __ v �

_j MA�I� 1-P t rK-UP

l� H I -SE 1 9.4 1 C l ,

1 0 20 30 110 50 60 7{) 80 ANGlE I tl WR EES LAG

F i gure 1 3 ( 0208A8694- 2 } Tran s i ent Overreach C ha racter i s t i c s o f the H i gh-Se i smi c I n stantaneo us Un i t

�i ,- , �-

. 020 �� -- - -- -\

�I SE I S�IC RATEO. I NSTANTJIIIEOUS UN I T OPERAT I NG T I I�E

. ----- -----·

··- -

- .--- -

- -

0 2 0 8 A B 6 9 5

i � .015-t--- ! --

OPERAT i fiL. T l fiE f--�\ � r- RANGE FOR ANY ----� P I CKUP SETII NG

r - r�, -.. .. ::l..-../_ �r ���� �l____J___

a. 52 u 0: • 010

. css

� ---._____ ---'--------- r l I I I

1 . 5 3 6 7 8 9

�·oLTI PI ES OF P I CKUP

F i gu re 14 ( 0208A8695- 1 ) Time-C urrent C haracte r i st i cs o f the H i gh-Se i smi c I nstantaneou s Un i t

- 31-

1 0

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 32: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

R E L A Y C O IL I N C I R C U I T

R E L A Y C C I L N O T I N C I R C U I T

5

5

R E L A Y 0 T E RM I N A L S

6/ 0 R E L A Y

S I D E

A G A � s r o

6

1 2 X C A l l A I OR. 5 1 2 X C A I I A 2

Fi g u re 1 5 ( 0269A1787- 1 ) Test Connec t i ons fo r Te s t i n g CT Seconda ry Used w i th the I FC Re l ay

TC S TA R T T IMFR VA R I ABLE t I 7��75-

M I N IVl���- - -® RECO MMf: N DE D I VOLTS I 20 AT : R A T E D F R E Q . '

�o s �o� ---crYo -- - -- - -_ J T I M E R TO I ND ICATING t- - --. L I G H T W H E N _

_ .. � H E C K I N G P I C K U P

R E L A Y -- -� I " R M > N A L s

I'---+------+-

1 2 X CA I I A I

. R E L AY SIDE C A SE. S IDE 0

RELA Y S I D E CASE SIDE 0

'-------0- �J U�:, R Fi g u re 1 6 ( 0269Al 789- 0 ) Te st Connec t i o ns fo r Te s t i ng P i c kup and Opera t i ng Times

of the I FC Re l ay Ti me Ov ercu rrent Un i t

- 32-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 33: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

..

M I N I M U M R E C O MM� N D E D V O L T S J 1 2 0 AT R AT E D F R. E Q .

GEK-45375

TC STA R T T I M E R VA R I A B L E

R ESI STO R

-------c·Yu--'---------------;

fO STO P T I ME R L TO I N DICAT ING

- L I G H T W H E N - C HEC K I NG P ICKU P

T E R M I N ALS R E L AY �\- 2 3 4 5 .--1--------.

1 2 X C A I I A I

c RELAY S I D E

CASE S I D E

0

0 R E LAY S I D E

C ASE S I D E

0 0 0

R ELAY S I D E C ASE SIDE

0

C T J U M P E R

F i g u re 17 ( 0269A1788- 1 ) Test Connect i on s for Te s t i n g P i c kup and Opera t i n g Ti me s of the I FC Re l ay H i g h-Se i smi c I n stanta neo u s Un i t

J . C . V O LT S

VA F-. I A 3LE RES IS TOR

-- ---------,

"< :': I_ Av T E R M I \I ALS

1 2 XC A I IA I -

2 0 � REL A Y

i gu re 18 ( 0269Al7 90- 0 ) Te st Connec t i o n s fo r Te st i ng the H i g h-Se i s m ic Ta rget and Se a l - i n Un i t Used w i t h the I FC Re l ay

-33-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 34: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

C O N N E CT I O N P L U G C O N TA C T F I N G E RS

R E L A Y C A S E

S H O R T I N G B A R

GEK-45375

ORAWO UT E l EM E NT

SUPPORT S T R U C T U R E

CASE C O N N E CT I O N B L O C K

Fi g u re 19 (80427 1 5 ) Cro s s Sec t i o n o f I FC Drawou t Ca se Show i n g S hor t i n g B a r

- 34-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 35: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

·:�=EEEE=�==E=��!lt=��l===E=����S:�:E�=:i::E:t�Ettt�ttti=::t=t=l=E��=t�� �: 71 11 M H

i �rrm���am=seumamE�an�m=�nm� H � 41 J.:-+- .. � r+��--+-���rHr+�++--+-,_��rHr+�++--+-,_+-��rHr+�++--+-,_��HH-+�-H � M M

! B�-rr+r--1--r-��++�r+�+---r-����;-+4-HH---+--r-r��++;-�++---r-+-+-r��-+�-H Jl

·"

.02 H-+-+++--1--+-+--ii--++++-I-++++---+--+--+-+-+-H-+-+--i-+1H-----+--+--+--+-t-+++-+-+-+++---+--+-+-+-+-t++-+-H+i oz

Fi g u re 20 ( 010888973- 0 ) 5 0 He rtz T ime - Cu rrent Characte r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC 5 1A a n d I FC5 1B

- 35-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 36: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1101 --"" ... ...

...

-

110 .. • ,. ..

i .. u ..

= I •

i "

• I I l I •

'

'

I • ' • •

'

'

.1

.•

.. '

• ..

..

..

...

.. 1

I I J I I

.I .I .J .I I 1

f:\ �\\ �'t\' ��� . \

\ \ 1\

J -4 S I 1 I t 10

� ,\ 1\\' 1\ \\l\

\I\ 1-\

\ \ ['\, f'-1'-f\ 1\ f\ ['" � 1\

r--

� "'

"'"'

T1 '-A E U N I T '

"

r-----f--

---F----.

---

---r--

1----1--

GEK-45375

-10 40 so .. " M IG I !

1 0 9 8 7 \!) G z 5 -

4 � 1-u...

3 <Jl _J

2 <( 0

:----w

I :::li -�

I 2

I ! ! ! ! ! U I I I I I I I II - -1 ---' .. ... • •

-

,..

1 • ..

1

.. 10 .. ..

..

..

1 .. .I .J .. ..

.•

·'

I 1 = : ill: 17 111 · ! ..

..

.. J 4 5 1 1 1 1 11 M U LT I P L ES OF P I C K U P SE T T I N G

I I I I I ! I l l I I I I I Ull

F i gure 2 1 ( 0 10888974- 0 ) 50 Hertz T ime-Cu rrent Characte r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC 53A a nd I FC538

- 36-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 37: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1111 -... )II ... ...

...

...

• I I 7 I •

2

I I , I

2

.1

.II

.II

.I .II

7

...

...

. 12

.I 1

I I 1 I I I

..J .t .7 .I .I 1

GEK-45375

4 5 I 7 t I tO .. JO .. Sl .. 70 10111 - I I ! I H !l I ! I ! I I I I I

,\\ ,\\\ �\\� �� � \ \\ ,\\

\ '\ l\ 1\ :\ 1\ \ \ 1\ 1\ 1\ �

1\ 1\ f\ '\I\ �� \'\ .� '"' ' " :'--.

I\ �� ['-._ l "'-.."' """-' "' �

[\ \ � """ l'-" '

T I M E U N I T

'- 1 0 ' - 9

�7 ..,

..... ....._ z 6 -..... 5 1-

....._ ,_ ' 4 w lll

3 ..J <(

2 -0

w I L -I 1-

2

I �

-

'

-I -Ill

I

Ill 711 -...

...

..

-

II II II " .. ..

..

..

I

I J J .7 J J

..

..

.2

J4

II 4 S I 1 I t tl

M U LT I P L ES O F P I C K U P SET T I NG ! I I ! ! U !� I I I I I I I II

F i g u re 22 ( 0 10888975- 0 ) 50 He rtz T i me-Cu rrent Characte r i s t i c s for Re l ay Types I FC77A and I FC77B

- 37-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 38: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

� <D 7 . .376

REYAY

8 7 M M

- + -

lr

� .3 . 688 9 4 M M

+ ¢ CD

.3. 0.3 1 -77M M

6.062 1 54MM

FRONT VI EW 1 . .3 1 2 33M M

7. 000

--

,..- 1 78MM

'\� SEE VIEW " A" -

EXTERNAL CONNECTION S 1 0- .32 SCREWS

L--- M O U NTING SURFACE

SIDE VI EW

GEK-45375

STUD N U M BERING

- + -

0

2 . 78 1 7 1 M M

5 . 562 1 4

REAR VI EW

VI EW " D"

5 . 1 24 1 .30M M

SEM I - FLUSH MOU NTI N G

PAN EL MAX . 1 25 THK . .----1

.3MM

WASHER

LOC KWASH E R

8 - .32 SCREW NUT

0

6. 1 2 4 t 1 56MM -H--!.--

.3.062 78MM

. 1 88 DRILL 5MM (4 H LS.)

CAB LE TIE CABLES VI EW " A" VI EW " ()''

H DW - 02 5 7A8549 G - 1 F i gure 23 (0257A8452 Sheet 1 [ 6 ] ) Out l i ne & Pane l Dri l l i ng for Semi -Fl u sh

Mounti ng of Rel ay Types I F C51 , I FC53 and I FC77

38 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 39: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

t Z.3Z6 0 8 7 M M

3 . 6�88

9 4r

M

7 . 5 6 3 1

92M M

d) REI!.AY

-+ -t_ 6 I 3 . 0 3 1 I 7 7 M M

6. 0 62 1 54M M

FRONT VI EW

EXTER NAL CON N ECTIONS 1 0 - 32 SCREWS --t-f--1

M OUNTING SURFACE =fl SIDE VIEW ·r-.n �

S U R FACE MOUNTING FOR . 1 88 (5MM) TH K . MAX . PAN E L

8 . 3 44 1 M M

MOUNTING SU RFACE-� SIDE VI EW

S U RFACE MOUNTING . 1 88 (5 MM ) THK. AN D OVER.

F i gure 24

FOR

GEK-45375

STUD NU MBERING

- + -

0

2 . 78 t 1 M M

5.562 1 4 1 MM

R EAR VIEW

0

l �(2) . 7 5 0 H O LES

I - 1 9M M . 250 ·�----�------Hr 7 M M

T 2 .375 11 j_ 6 1 MM �

2 .500 � 64M M S.OO

1 28MM PANEL DRILLI NG

REMOVE K NOCKOUT

6. 1 24 1 56 M M

3.062 i8MM

MOU NTING SURFACE

LOCK WASHER 8 - 3 6 SCREW

N UT

OVE RSI Z E WASHERS

39

VI EW " 8"

0257A8549 -G2

MOU NTING SURFACE WASHER

LKWASH

�c��w N UT

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 40: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

LIST O F F IGURES F i gure

1 . IFC538 Rel ay , Fro n t V i ew . • • . . . . • . . . • . . • . • . . . . . • . . • . . • . • . • • . • • • • • • . •

2 . I FC538 Re l ay , Rea r V i ew . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . • . . . . • . • . • . • . . • • . . • . . • . . •

3 .

4 .

5 .

6 .

7 .

8 .

9 .

1 0 .

1 1 .

1 2 .

I FC 7 78 Rel ay , Rea r V i ew . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . • • . • . • •

IFC5 1 A , 53A a nd 7 7A Int e rna l Con n ec t i o n s . . • . . • • . • . • • • . • . . • . • . . • . • • •

I FC5 1 A, 5 38 a nd 778 I ntern a l Co nnec t i o n s . • . . . . • . . . . • . . . • . • . . . • . • • . .

Invers e 6 0 He rtz T i me-Cu rre n t C u rves . . . . . • . . . • • • • . • . • • • • • . • • . . . . . • .

Very Inve rse 6 0 Her tz T ime-C u rre nt C u rves . • • • • • • . • • . • . . . • . • . . • . • • . •

Extremel y Inve rs e 6 0 Hertz T i me-Curre nt C u rves . . . • . • • . . . • • . . . • • . . . •

External Con nec t i o n s . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • • • . . • . • . . • . . • . • • • . . . . • . . • • • • .

I FC5 1 Ove rtravel Curves . . . • . . . • . • . • • • . • • • • . • . . . • • . • . • . • . • • . . . . • . • . •

IFC53 Ove rtra vel Curves . . • . . • . • . . . . . . • • . • • • . . • • • . . . . . . • . • . • • . • . . • . .

IFC 7 7 Overtravel Curves . . • . . • . . . . . • . • • • • . • . • . • • . • . . • • . • . . • • • . • . • • • •

2 1

2 1

22

23

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

1 3 . H i gh-Se i smi c Ins ta nta neous U n i t Tra ns i ent Ove rreac h C ha ra c te ri s t i cs 3 1

14 . H i gh-Se i sm i c I ns ta ntaneous U n i t T i me-Current C ha ra c te r i s t i c s . . . . . . . 3 1

1 5 . Tes t Con nec t i on s - CT Tes t i n g . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • • . • • . • • . • . • • • • . . . . • . . • . 32

1 6 . Test Connec t i on s - T i me Overc u rre n t U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

1 7 . Tes t Connec t i on s - H i gh- S e i sm i c In s ta nta neous U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

1 8 . Tes t Connec t i o n s - H i gh-Sei sm ic Ta rget a nd Sea l - I n U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

1 9 . C ro s s Sec t i on o f I FC D ra wout Case Connec t i o ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

20 . Inve rse 5 0 He rtz T ime-Current C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

2 1 . Very I n ve rs e 5 0 He rtz T i me- Cu rrent C u rve s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

22 . Extremel y Inv e rse 5 0 He rtz T i me-C u r re nt C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7

23 . Outl i ne a nd Pa nel Dr i l l i n g fo r Sem i - Fl us h Mou n t i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

24 . Outl i ne a nd Pa nel D r i l l i ng fo r Su r face Mount i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9

f www .

Elec

tricalP

artM

anua

ls . c

om

Page 41: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 42: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GE Power Management

2 1 5 Anderson Avenue Markham, Ontario Canada L6E 1 83 Tel : (9os) 294-6222 Fax: (905) 201 -2098 www.ge.com/indsys/pm www .

Elec

tricalP

artM

anua

ls . c

om

Page 43: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

••••

TIME OVERCURRENT RELAYS

Types

I FC51A and 518 ·

IFC53A and 538

IFC77A and 778

INSTRUCTIONS

GEK-45375H

GE Protection and Control 205 Great Valley Parkway Malvern, PA 19355- 1337 www .

Elec

tricalP

artM

anua

ls . c

om

Page 44: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

G EK-45375

CONTENTS

DESC R I PTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

APPLI CATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

CONSTRUCTI ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

RATI NGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 TIME OVERC U RRENT U N I T............................................. 6 H I G H- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T................................... 7 H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND S EAL- IN U N I T.............................. 8 CONTAC TS .......................................................... 8

BURDENS . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . • • . . • • . • • • . . . . • • . . . • • . • • . . • . . . . . • • . . . . . • . . 9

CHARACTERI ST I CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 T I M E OVERC U RRENT U N I T............................................. 1 0 H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND SEAL- I N U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0

REC E I V I NG , HANDLING AND STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0

ACC EPTANCE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V I SUAL I NSPECTI ON ................................................ . M ECHAN I CAL I NSPEC TION ............................................ . DRAWOUT RELAY TESTI NG ............................................ . GEN ERAL POW ER REQU I R EM ENTS ....................................... . TIME OVERCURR ENT U N I T ............................................ . H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T .................................. . H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND S EAL- I N U N I T . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 4

I NSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 I N STALLATION TESTS................................................ 1 5

PERIODIC CHECKS AND ROUTI N E MAI NTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIME OVERC U RRENT U N I T ............................................ . H I GH- S E I SM I C INSTAN TAN EOU S U N I T .................................. . H IGH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND S EAL- IN U N I T .............................. . CONTAC T C LEAN I NG ................................................. . COVER C L EAN I NG ................................................... . SYSTEM TEST . . • . • . . • . • . . . . . • • . • • • . . • • • • • . . • • • • . • • • • • • . • . • • • • • • • • • • •

1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 7 1 7

SERV I C ING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 TIME OVERCURRENT U N I T.. ........................................... 1 7 H I GH- S E I SM I C INSTAN TAN EOUS U N I T................................... 1 9

H I G H- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND SEAL- I N U N I T............................... 1 9

RENEWAL PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0

L I ST OF FI GURES......................................................... 4 0

- 2 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 45: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TIME OV E RCURRENT RELAYS TYPES

I FC5 1 A a nd 5 1 B I FC43A a nd 53B I FC77A a nd 77B

DESC R I PTION

The type I FC rel ays cove red by t hese i n struc t i on s a re extended ran ge , s i n gl e phase , t i me overc u r re nt re l ays . The va r i o u s t i me- c u rre nt c haracte r i s t i c s av a i l a b l e a re as fo l l ows :

I FC 5 1 A , I FC5 1 B - I nverse t i me I FC53A , I FC53B - Very i nverse t i me I FC77A , I FC77B - Extremel y i nverse t i me

The I FC5 1 B , 5 3B and 77B rel ays a l so i nc l u d e a h i n ged- a rmatu re i n stantaneo u s overcu rrent un i t , wh i c h prov i d es i nsta nta neous tr i pp i n g a t h i gh cu rre nt l evel s . The i n stantaneo u s u n i t i s not i nc l u ded i n the I FC 5 1 A , 53A or 77A rel ays . Bo th the t i me overcu rre n t u n i t and the i ns t a ntaneous ove rcu r re n t u n i t a re desc r i b ed i n deta i l i n the s ec t i o n on CONSTRUCTI ON . Each rel ay i s equ i pped wi t h a d u a l - ra ted ta r get a nd seal - i n u n i t .

W hen semi fl u s h mo u n ted o n a s u i ta b l e panel , these rel ays have a h i gh s e i smi c c a pa b i l i ty , i nc l u d i n g both the target seal - i n u n i t a nd t h e i nsta nta neous o v ercu rren t u n i t when i t i s s u pp l i ed . Al so , t hese rel ays are reco g n i zed u nde r the Components P ro gram o f U nd erwr i ters Labo rato r i es , I nc .

The rel ay i s mo un ted i n a s i ze C l d rawo u t ca se o f mol ded con s truct i on . The out l i ne a nd pa nel d r i l l i n g a re s hown in F i g ures 2 3 a nd 24 . The re l ay i ntern a l connect i on s a re s hown i n F i gu re 4 for the I FC5 1 A , 53A a nd 7 7 A , a nd i n F i gu re 5 fo r the I FC5 1 B , 5 3B a nd 77B .

APP L ICATION

T i me ov ercu rren t rel ays a re u s ed exten s i v e l y for the protect i on o f ut i l i ty and i nd u s tr i al powe r d i s t r i but i on systems a nd fre quent l y fo r overl oad bac k u p protect i o n at o t h e r l ocat i ons . T h e EXTREMELY I NVERSE t i me c ha rac ters i st i cs , F i gu re s 1 0 a nd 2 2 , o f the I FC77A a nd 7 7B rel ays are d es i gned pr imar i l y fo r u s e where t hey a re req u i red t o coo rd i nate rather c l o s el y wi th power fu ses , d i str i but i on cuto u t s a nd ree l o s ers . They a l so prov i d e max i mum to l e ra nee to a l l ow for co l d l oad p i c k up s uch a s res u l ts from an extended serv i ce o u tage , wh i c h res u l t s i n a heavy accumul a t i o n o f l oads o f au tomat i c al l y co ntro l l ed dev i ce s s uch a s re fri g e ra tors , wa ter h ea ters , wa te r pumps , o i l b u rne rs , etc . S uch l oad ac cumu l a t i ons o ften produ ce i n ru s h c u rre n t s con s i dera b l y i n exce s s o f feeder fu l l l oad cu rrent f o r a s h o rt t i me after t he feede r i s energ i zed .

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or main tenance . Should further informa tion be desired or should parti cular problems arise whi ch are not covered suffi cientl� for the purchaser ' s purposes, the ma t ter should be referred to the General Electric Company .

To the e>'tent required the products described herein meet applicable ANSI, IEEE and NEliA standar�Ut but no such assurance is gi ven wi th respect to local codes and ordinances because they vary greatly .

- 3 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 46: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

The EXTREMELY I NV ERS E t i me c h a rac ter i st i c o ften perm i ts succe s s fu l p i c k u p o f these l oa d s and a t the same t i me pro v i d e s adequ ate fau l t prote c t i o n .

The V ERY I NV ERS E t i me c ha rac ter i st i c s , F i gures 7 a n d 2 1, o f the I FC 5 3A and 53B rel ays a re l i k e l y to prov i d e fa ste r overa l l p ro tec t i o n in app l i c a t i o n s where the ava i l ab l e fa u l t cu rrent magn i tude rema i n s fa i r l y consta n t due to a re l a t i v e l y consta nt genera t i n g capac i ty . The v a r i a t i o n i n the ma g n i tu d e of fau l t cu rrent thro u gh the re l ay i s there fore ma i n l y dependent u po n the l oc a t i o n o f the fau l t w i th respec t to the re l ay .

The I NVERS E t i me overc u r rent c h a rac ter i s t i c s , F i gu re s 6 a n d 20 , o f the I FC5 1A a nd 5 1B re l ays tend to ma ke the rel ay opera t i n g t i me l e s s dependent u pon the "'"' ·

mag n i tude o f the fau l t cu rrent than i n the ca s e o f VERY I NVERS E and EXTREME L Y I NVERS E dev i c e s . Fo r th i s rea so n , I NVERSE type re l ays a re l i ke l y to p rov i d e fa s ter overa l l protec t i o n i n a ppl i cat i o n s where the ava i l ab l e fau l t cu rrent ma g n i tudes v a ry s i g n i fi c ant l y as a resu l t of frequent changes in the sou rc e i mpeda nce due to sys tem l oad i n g a n d sw i tc h i n g .

The u s u a l a pp l i c a t i o n o f these re l ays re qu i re s th ree re l ays fo r mu l t i p h a se fau l t protec t i o n , one per p ha s e , a nd a separa te re l ay res i d ua l l y connec ted fo r s i n g l e - p h a se - to - g round fau l ts . Typ i c a l extern a l connec t i o n s fo r th i s a pp l i ­ca t i on a re s hown i n F i gu re 9 . U s e o f a separa te ground re l ay i s adv a n tageou s bec au se i t can be set to prov i d e more sen s i t i v e pro tec t i o n a g a i n st g ro u nd fau l ts .

I n the a pp l i c at i on o f these re l ays w i t h down s tream au toma t i c rec l o s i n g dev i ce s , the rel ay re set t i me shou l d be con s i de red . Th i s i s the t i me requ i red fo r the re l ay to go from the conta c t s - fu l l y-c l o sed po s i t i o n to the fu l l y-open po s i t i on when set a t the numb e r 10 t i me d i a l . At l owe r t i me d i a l s e tt i ngs the reset t imes a re pro port i o n a te l y l owe r . The re set t i me o f a l l VERY I NVERSE a nd EXTR EMELY I NV ERSE rel ays i s a pprox i ma te l y 60 second s . The re set t i me o f a l l I NVERSE rel ays cov e red by these i n stru c t i o n s i s approx i ma te l y 12 sec o nd s .

When sett i n g these rel ays to coord i na te w i t h d own s t ream rel ays , a coord i na t i o n t i me o f from 0 . 2 5 to 0 . 4 0 sec onds i s gen e ra l l y a l l owed , depend i n g o n th e c l ea r i n g t i me o f the b reaker i nvo l ved and how acc u ra te l y the re l ay t i me can b e e s t i ma ted . These coord i na t i o n t ime s i nc l u de , i n add i t i o n to b re a ke r c l e a r i n g t i me , 0 . 10 seconds fo r re l ay overtrave l a n d 0 . 17 s econds fo r s a fe ty fac to r . Fo r examp l e , i f the b reaker c l ea r i n g t i me i s 0 . 13 second s ( 8 cyc l e s ) , the coord i n at i o n t i me wou l d b e 0 . 40 s econd s ( 0 . 13 + 0 . 10 + 0 . 17 ) . I f the re l ay t i me i s set fo r the spec i fi c c u rrent l eve l a t the s i te , and i f i t h a s b een te s ted , t he sa fe ty fac tor may be reduced to 0 . 07 second s . Then i f the down s t ream breaker t i me i s 5 cyc l e s ( 0 . 08 second s ) , a m i n i mum o f 0 . 2 5 second s ( 0 . 08 + 0 . 10 + 0 . 07 ) cou l d be a l l owed for coord i na t i o n . I f re l ay coo rd i na t i o n t i me s a re ma rg i na l o r i mposs i b l e to obta i n , u s e the re l ay overtra v e l c u rv e s o f F i gu re s 10 , 11 o r 12 to refi ne the re l ay sett i ng s . F i rst determ i ne the re l ay o pera t i n g t i me nec essa ry to j u s t matc h the o pera t i n g t i me o f the down s t ream re l ay w i th wh i c h coord i na t i o n i s de s i red . De term i n e the mu l t i p l e o f p i c k u p a nd t h e necessa ry t i me d i a l sett i n g to p rov i d e th i s rel ay opera t i n g t i me . U s e t h e a pp ropr i a te cu rv e o f F i gure 10 , 11 o r 12 t o determ i n e t h e ov ertravel t i me i n percent o f opera t i ng t i me , a nd covert th i s i n to re a l t i me . Add th i s t i me to t he breaker t i me and the s a fe ty fac to r t i me and the or i g i na l rel ay �

o pera t i n g t i me to dete rmi ne the fi n a l rel ay opera t i n g t i me . Set the re l ay to th i s v a l u e .

- 4-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 47: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

G E K-4537 5

Once the cu rrent i n the rel ay o pe ra t i n g co i l i s cut o ff , the rel ay contacts \'Ji l l o pen i n a ppro x i matel y 6 cyc l es ( 0 . 1 second ) w i th n o rmal adj u s tment o f contact wi pe . Th i s perm i ts t h e u s e o f t h e re l ay i n conju nct i on w i th i nsta nta neous rec l os i n g sc hemes w i thout r i s k o f a fa l se retr i p when the c i rcu i t brea ker i s recl o s ed on a c i r cu i t from w h i ch a faul t has j u s t been c l ea red .

The i nsta nta neous overcurre nt u n i t pre s e nt i n t he I FC5 1 8 , 5 38 a nd 7 78 re l ays has a tran s i e n t o v e reach c ha racter i st i c a s i l l u s tra ted i n Fi gu re 1 3 . Th i s i s the re s u l t o f the DC offset that i s u s ua l l y present i n t h e l i ne cu rre nt at the i nc e pt i on of a fau l t . W hen de te rm i n i n g the p i c k u p s e tt i n g fo r t h i s u n i t , t he tra ns i ent overrea c h mus t be ta ke n i n to con s i d e ra t i on . The pe rcen t trans i e nt overreac h s ho u l d be a pp l i ed to i nc rease t h e ca l c u l ated p i c k u p s e tt i n g pro po rti onatel y s o t hat the i n sta nta neou s u n i t w i l l n o t overreac h a down stream dev i ce and thereby c a u s e a l o s s of coord i na t i o n i n the system pro tect i on s c heme . The o pe rat i ng t i me c harac ter i s t i c s o f th i s u n i t are shown i n F i g u re 14 .

CONSTRUCTION

The I FC i nduct i on d i s k re l ays c o n s i s t of a mo l ded c a s e , cover , s u p po rt structure a s sembl y , a nd a co nnec t i o n pl u g to ma ke u p the e l ectr i c a l co nnect i on . S ee Cov e r F i gure and F i gu res 1 , 2 , 3 and 1 9 . F i gu res 2 and 3 s how the i nd u ct i on u n i t mou nted to t h e mol d ed s u p po rt st ructure . Th i s d i s k i s acti va ted by a cu rren t- o pera t i n g co i l mou n ted o n e i t h e r a l ami nated EE- o r a U-Magnet . The d i s k a nd s h aft a s sembl y carri es a mov i n g contac t , wh i c h compl e tes the a l a rm o r tri p c i rcu i t when i t to uches a stat i o nary contact . The d i s k as sembl y i s re stra i ned by a s p i ral s pr i ng to g i v e t he prope r contact c l o s i ng cu rrent . I ts rotati o n i s reta rded by a permanent magnet mou n ted i n a mol d ed hou s i n g on the s u p po rt stru cture .

The d rawout co n n ect i on/test sys tem fo r the C 1 c ase , s hown i n F i gure 1 9 , h as pro v i s i on s for 14 connec t i on po i n ts , a n d a v i s i b l e CT s hort i n g bar l ocated u p front . A s the co n nect i on pl u g i s w i th drawn , i t c l ears t h e s ho rte r contact fi n gers i n t he o u tput contact c i rcu i ts fi rst . Thu s , t he t r i p c i rc u i t i s o pened befo re a ny other c i rcu i t s are d i scon nected . Next , cu rre nt c i rc u i t fi n gers on the case connec t i on bl oc k en gage the s ho rt i n g b a r ( l oca ted a t the l owe r fro n t of the c ase ) to s ho rt- c i rcu i t extern a l c u r re nt transfo rmer s eco nda ry con nect i ons . The wi ndow pro v i d es v i s u a l con fi rmat i on o f CT s ho rti n g . The co nnec t i on p l u g then cl ears the cu rre nt c i rc u i t contact fi n gers o n the ca se and fi n a l l y those on the rel ay s u ppo rt struct u re , to de- energi ze the drawo u t e l ement compl etel y .

There i s a H i gh-Se i sm i c ta rget a nd seal - i n u n i t moun ted on t h e fro nt to the l eft o f the s ha ft o f the t i me o vercu rren t u n i t ( s ee F i g u re 1 ) . The s ea l - i n u n i t has i t s co i l i n s e r i es a nd i t s co ntacts i n paral l e l wi th the co ntac t s of t he t i me overcu rren t u n i t , s uch t hat when t he i nducti on u n i t contac ts c l o s e , the sea l - i n u n i t p i c ks u p a nd seal s i n . When the seal - i n u n i t p i c ks u p , i t ra i se s a target i n to v i ew , w h i ch l a tches u p a n d rema i n s e x po s ed unt i l rel ea s ed by pres s i n g a reset bu t to n l ocated o n the u ppe r l e ft s i d e o f the cove r .

- 5 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 48: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

The I FC 11 8 11 mod e l re l ays , i n add i t i on to the above , contai n a h i g h-se i sm i c i nstantaneous un i t ( see F i gure 1 ) . The i nstantaneou s un i t i s a smal l h i nged­type un i t wh i ch i s mou nted on the front to the r i ght of the shaft of the t i me overcurrent u n i t . I t s contacts are normal ly connected i n paral l e l w i t h the contacts of the t i me overcu rrent uni t , and i ts coi l i s connected i n ser i es wi th the t i me overcurrent un i t . When the i nstantaneou s un i t p i cks up , i t rai ses a target wh i ch l atches up and rema i ns exposed unt i l i t i s rel eased . The same reset button that re l eases the target seal - i n un i t al so re l eases the target of t he i nstantaneou s u n i t .

A magnet i c s h i e l d , dep i cted i n F i gure 1 , i s mounted to the support structure of i nverse and very i nverse t i me overcurrent I FC re l ays ( I FC 5 1 and I FC53 ) , to e l i m i nate the prox i m i ty effect of external magnet i c mater i a l s .

Both the H i gh-Se i sm i c target and seal - i n un i t and the H i g h - Se i sm i c i nstantaneou s u n i t have the l etters 11 H i -G 11 mol ded i nto the i r target b l ocks to d i st i ngu i sh them as H i gh-Se i smi c u n i t s . S e i smi c Frag i l i ty Leve l exceeds peak ax i al acce l erat i on of lOg ' s ( 4g ZPA) when tested u s i ng a b i ax i a l mu l t i ­frequency i nput mot i on to produce a Requ i red Response Spectrum ( RRS ) i n accordance wi th the I E E E Proposed Gu i de for Se i smi c Test i ng of Re l ays , P 50 1 , May , 1977 .

RATI NGS

The re l ays are desi gned for operat i on i n an amb i ent a i r temperature from -200C to +55° C .

T I ME OVERCURRENT U N I T

Ranges for t h e t i me overcurrent u n i t are shown i n Tab l e I .

Re l ay

I FC 5 1A & B I FC53A & B I FC77A & B

TABLE I

Frequency (Hertz)

50 and 60

Current Range (Amperes)

0 . 5 - 4 . 0

1 . 0 - 12 . 0

The current taps are sel ected wi t h two s l i d i ng tap screws o n a n a l phabet i cal l y l abe l ed tap b l ock .

The tap screw sett i ngs are as l i sted i n Tab l e I I , on page 20 , for each mod e l of re l ay and tap range .

The one- second thermal rat i ngs are l i sted i n Tab l e I I I .

-6-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 49: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TABLE I I I

Mod el Ti me Ov e rc u rren t Un i t ( Ampere s )

On e Second Ra t i n g ( Ampere s )

Any Ta p K

I FC 5 1 0.5 - 4.0 128 16 384 1.0 - 12.0 260 67600

I FC 53 0.5 - 4.0 14 0 19600 1.0 - 12.0 2 6 0 6/bUU

I FC77 0.5 - 4.0 84 7056 1.0 - 12.0 220 48400

Ra t i n g s l e s s than one second may be c a l c u l a ted accord i n g to the fo rmu l a

I = J K/T , where T i s the t i me i n s econd s that the cu rre n t fl ows .

The cont i nuou s ra t i ng s fo r the t i me overc u rre n t u n i t a re s h own i n Ta b l e s I V and V .

TAB L E I V 0.5 - 4.0 Ampere Ra n g e Ra t i n g s

Ta p Mod el 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0

I FC5 1 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.1 2 .3 2 .7 3.0 3 .5 4.0 4.5 5 .0 :, 1 FC 53 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.7 5.0 5.3 5 .8 6.2 6.6 7 .1 !I I FC 77 2 .5 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.2 5 . 9 6 . 5 7 . 5

TABLE V 1.0 - 12.0 Ampere Ra n g e Ra t i n g s

Ta p Mode l 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2 .5 3 .0 4.0 5 .0 6.0 7 .0 8.0 10.0 12 . oi : I FC 5 1 3.7 4.1 4.6 5 .3 6.0 6 . 5 7 .6 8 . 5 9.3 10 .0 10.8 12.1 13.2 I FC 53 6.8 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.8 9.4 10.3 11.0 11.6 12.4 12.6 13.5 14.4 1 I FC7 7 5 . 8 6.4 7 .2 8.4 9.4 10.4 12.1 13.6 15 .1 16 .4 17 .6 19.8 2 1.8 '

H I GH- S E I SM I C INSTANTAN EOUS U N IT

Th e i n sta nta neou s co i l i s ta pped fo r opera t i o n on e i th e r one o f two ra n g es ( H o r L ) . Se l ec t i o n o f the h i gh o r l ow range i s dete rm i ned by the po s i t i o n o f the l i n k l oc ated o n the to p o f the s u pport s t ru c tu re ( se e Fi g u re 2 and Ta b l e V I ) .

- 7-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 50: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TAB LE V I

One H i gh-Se i sm i c Cont i nuous Second I nstantaneou s L i nk Range Rat i ng Rat i ng

U n i t { Amps ) Pos i t i on (Amps) (Amps) {Amp s ) K

2 - 50 L 2 - 10 2 . 7 1 30 1 6 , 900 H 10 - 50 7 . 5

6 - 1 50 L 6 - 30 10 . 2 260 67 , 600 H 30 - 1 50 19 . 6

The range i s approx i mate , wh i ch means that the 2-10 , 10-50 may be 2-8 , 8-50 . There wi 1 1 al ways be at l east one ampere over l ap between the maxi mum L sett i ng and the m i n i mum H sett i ng . Whenever poss i b l e , be sure to se 1 ect the h i gher range , s i nee it has the h i g her cant i nuou s rat i ng .

H i gher currents may be appl i ed for shorter l engths of t i me i n accordance wi th the formu l a :

I = v'K/T

S i nce the i nstantaneou s u n i t co i l i s i n ser i es with the t i me overcurrent u n i t co i l , see Tab l es I I I , I V , V and V I to determi ne the current - l i mi t i ng e l ement for both cont i nuou s and short-t i me rat i ngs .

H IGH-S E I SM I C TARGET AND SEAL- I N U N I T

Rat i ng s for t h e target and sea l - i n u n i t are shown i n Tab l e V I I .

TAB LE V I I

DC Res i stance ! 10% (ohms ) Mi n . Operat i ng (Amps ) +0 -60% Carry Cont i nuous (Amperes ) Carry 3 0 Amps for ( sec . ) Carry 10 Amps for ( s ec . ) 60 Hz Impedance { ohms )

0 . 2

8 . 0 0 . 2 0 . 3 0 . 03 0 . 25 68 . 6

Tap 2

0 . 24 2 . 0 3 4 30 0 . 73

I f the tri pp i ng current exceed s 30 amperes , an aux i l i ary rel ay shou l d be used , the connect i ons be i ng such that the tri ppi ng current does not pass throug h the contacts or the target and seal - i n coi l s of the protect i ve re l ay .

CONTACTS

The current-c l os i ng rat i ng of the contacts i s 30 amperes for vol t ages not exceed i ng 250 vo l t s . The current-carry i ng rat i ng i s l i mi ted by the rat i ng s of the seal - i n u n i t .

-8-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 51: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

BURDENS

Burdens for the t ime overcurrent unit are gi ven i n Tabl e V I I I .

TABLE V I I I

M i n Burdens at Mi n . Burdens i n Ohms Tap Pi ckup Mi n . Tap (Z) Times P i ckup

Model Hz Range AmQS (Ohms) R Jx z 3 10 20

IFC51 60 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 5 . 43 21 . 53 22 . 20 12 . 55 5 . 14 3 . 29 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 .0 1 . 47 5 . 34 5 . 54 3 . 09 1 . 28 0 . 82

IFC53 60 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 52 4 . 23 4 . 50 4 . 47 3 . 10 1 . 93 1 . 0-12 .0 1 . 0 0 . 38 1 . 06 1 . 13 1 . 1 1 0 . 78 0 . 49

IFC77 60 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 55 2 . 36 2 . 82 2 . 86 2 . 93 2 . 76 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 .0 0 . 59 0 . 43 0 . 73 0 . 74 0 . 7 5 0 . 70

IFC51 50 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 4 . 53 17 .95 18 . 50 1 1 . 45 4 . 28 2 . 70 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 .0 1 . 22 4 . 45 4 . 62 2 . 58 1 . 07 0 . 68

IFC53 50 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 27 3 . 52 3 . 75 3 . 72 2 . 58 1 . 61 1 . 0-12 .0 1 . 0 0 . 32 0 . 88 0 .94 0 . 93 0 . 65 0 . 41

IFC77 50 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 29 1 .97 2 . 35 2 . 38 2 . 44 2 . 30 1 . 0-12 .0 1 . 0 0 . 49 0 . 36 0 . 61 0 . 62 0 . 63 0 . 58

Note : The impedance values g i ven are those for m in imum tap of each range ; the impedance for other taps at p i ckup current (tap rat i ng ) vari es i nversely (approximately) as the square of the tap rat i ng . For examp le , an IFC77 60 Hz rel ay wi th 0 . 5 - 4 .0 amp range has an impedance of 2 . 82 ohms on the 0 . 5 amp tap . The impedance of the 2 . 0 amp tap i s (0 . 5/2 . 0) 2 x 2 .82 =

0 . 176 ohms .

The H i gh-Sei smic i nstantaneous unit burdens are l i sted i n Tabl e IX.

TABLE IX

H i gh- Mi n . Burdens at Mi n . Burdens i n Ohms Sei smi c P i ck- P i ckup Mi n . Tap (Z) Times P ickup Inst . Hz Li nk Range up (Ohms) Uni t Pos i - (Amps) Amps

(AmJ;!s) t ion R Jx z 3 10 20 2-50 60 L 2-10 2 0 . 750 0 . 650 0 .982 0 . 634 0 . 480 0 . 457

H 10-50 10 0 . 070 0 . 024 0 . 079 0 . 072 0 . 071 0 . 070 6-150 60 L 6-30 6 0 . 110 0 . 078 0 . 135 0 . 095 0 . 081 0 . 079

H 30-150 30 0 .022 0 . 005 0 . 023 0 . 022 0 . 022 0 . 022 2-50 50 L 2-10 2 0 . 625 0 . 542 0 . 827 0 . 528 0. 400 0 . 380

H 10-50 10 0 .058 0 . 020 0 . 062 0 . 060 0. 059 0 . 058 6-150 50 L 6-30 6 0 . 092 0 . 065 0 . 112 0 . 079 0 .068 0 .066

H 30-150 30 0 . 018 0 . 004 0 . 019 0 . 018 0 . 018 0 . 018

9 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 52: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

CHARACTER ISTICS

T I ME OV ERC U RRENT U N I T

P i c kup

P i c kup in these re l ays is defi ned as t he c u rre n t requ i red to c l o se the contac ts from the 0 . 5 t i me d i a l po s i t i o n . Cu rrent sett i ngs are ma de by mean s o f two movab l e l e a d s wh i c h connec t to t he ta p b l o c k at t he top of t he s u pport s t ru c ture ( see F i gu re 1 ) . The ta p b l oc k i s ma rked A through J , A thro u g h M or A t h rou g h N . See t he name p l a te on the re l ay fo r ta p sett i n g s .

Examp l e : Th e 2 amp ta p fo r a 1 to 1 2 I FC 7 7 t i me overc u rre n t rel ay re qu i re s one movab l e l ead i n po s i t i on D and the other i n pos i t i o n H .

Ope ra t i ng T i me Acc u racy

The I FC re l ays s hou l d o pera te w i t h i n � 7% o r � t h e t i me d i a l s e tt i n g t i me s 0 . 1 0 second , wh i c hever i s grea te r , o f t he pub l i s hed t i me cu rv e . F i gures 6- 8 and 2 0 - 2 2 s how t h e v a r i o u s t i me-cu rre n t c h a ra c te r i s t i c s fo r t he I FC re l ays . The sett i n g o f the t i me d i a l determ i ne s the l e ngth o f t i me requ i red to c l o se t h e c o n ta c t s fo r a g i ven c u rren t . The h i g her t he t i me d i a l sett i n g , t he l o nger t he opera t i n g t i me .

The c o n ta c ts a re j u s t cl o sed when the t i me d i a l i s set to 0 . T h e ma x i mum t i me sett i n g occurs when the t i me d i a l i s set to 10 and t he d i s k ha s to trav e l i ts ma x i mum d i stance to c l o se t he conta c ts .

Re set

The u n i t re sets a t 90% o f t he m 1 n 1 mum c l o s i n g c u rre n t . Re sE; t t i me s a re pro po rt i onate to the t i me d i a l sett i ng s . Th e t i me to re set to the n umb e r 1 0 t i me d i a l po s i t i on vJhen t h e c u rre n t i s redu c ed t o 0 i s approx i ma te l y 60 s econds fo r t he I FC 53 and 7 7 re l ays . The I FC 5 1 rel ay w i l l re set i n a pp rox imate l y 1 2 sec ond s from the same numb e r 1 0 t i me d i a l .

H IGH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOUS U N I T

T h e i n s ta n ta neou s u n i t h a s a 2 5 to 1 ra nge w i t h a ta pped co i l . Th e re a re h i g h and l ow range s , s e l ec ted by mean s o f a l i n k l oca ted o n t he top o f t he s uppo rt s t ru c tu re . See Fi g u re 1 . The t i me - c u rrent c u rv e fo r the i n s ta n ta neou s u n i t i s s hown i n F i gu re 14 .

H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND S EAL- I N U N I T

Th e ta rget and sea l - i n u n i t h a s two ta p se l ec t i o n s l oc a ted o n t h e fro n t o f t h e u n i t . See F i gu re 1 .

REC E I V I NG , HAN Dl i NG AND STORAGE

These rel ays , when not i nc l uded a s part o f a contro l pane l , w i l l be s h i pped i n c a rto n s des i g ned to pro tec t them aga i n s t dama g e . Immed i a te l y upon rec e i pt o f �

- 1 0-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 53: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK- 45375

a rel ay , exami ne i t for any dama g e s u sta i ned i n trans i t . I f i nj u ry or dama ge re s u l t i n g from ro u g h hand l i n g i s ev i d ent , fi l e a d amage c l a i m at once wi t h the tran s po rta t i on company and promptl y not i fy the nea re s t Gen e ra l E l ectr i c Sa l es Off ice .

Reasonab l e c are s ho u l d be exerc i sed i n u n pac k i n g the re l ay i n o rder that none of t he pa rts a re i nj u red or the adj u stmen ts d i s t u rbed .

I f the re l ays a re not to be i nsta l l ed i mmed i a tel y , t hey s ho u l d be sto red i n t he i r o r i g i nal ca rton s i n a pl ace t ha t i s free from mo i s tu re , d u st and meta l l i c c h i ps . Fo re i gn matter col l ected on the o u t s i d e o f the case may fi nd i t s way i n s i de when the cover i s removed , and c au s e tro u b l e i n the o pe ra t i o n o f the rel ay.

ACC EPTANCE TESTS

I mmed i a tel y u po n rece i pt o f t h e rel ay , a n i ns pecti o n and acceptance te s t s ho u l d be mad e to i n s u re t h at no d amage h as been s u s ta i ned i n s h i pment a nd t ha t the rel ay c a l i b ra t i ons have n o t been d i stu rbed . I f the exami na t i on o r test i nd i c ates that readj u s tment i s n ec e s s a ry , re fe r to the sec t i o n o n SERV I C I NG .

These tests may be pe rfo rmed a s pa r t o f the i n sta l l at i o n o r o f the accepta nce te s ts , a t the d i sc ret i o n o f t he u s e r .

S i nce mos t o pe ra t i n g compa n i es u s e d i ffe re nt procedu res fo r acc epta nce a nd i n sta l l a t i on tests , the fo l l owi n g s ect i on i nc l u des a l l a pp l i c ab l e te s t s t hat may be performed o n these rel ays .

V IS UAL I NSPECT I O N

C h e c k the name pl a te stam p i n g to i ns u re that the mod el n umbe r , rat i n g a nd c a l i brat i on range o f the rel ay rec e i ved a g ree w i t h t h e requ i s i t i on .

Remove t h e re l ay from i t s case a nd check by v i s u a l i ns pect i on that there a re no bro ken or c rac ked mol ded pa rts or other s i gns o f phys i ca l damage .

MECHAN I CAL I NSPECTI ON

1 . There s ho u l d b e n o not i ceab l e fr i ct i on when t h e d i s k i s ro tated s l owl y c l o c kw i se . The d i s k s ho u l d return by i ts el f to i t s rest pos i t i on .

2 . Ma ke s u re the contro l s pr i ng i s n o t defo rmed , nor i t s convo l u t i ons tan gl ed or to u c h i n g each o t her .

3 . The a rmature a nd contac t s o f the sea l - i n u n i t , a s we l l a s t h e a rmature and con tac ts o f t he i n stantaneo u s u n i t , s h o u l d move freel y when o pe ra ted by h a nd ; there s hou l d be at l ea s t 1 /64 11 w i pe on the sea l - i n a nd t h e i n stantaneo u s contac ts .

4 . The targets i n t h e seal - i n u n i t and i n t he i ns ta nta neous u n i t m u s t come i n to v i ew and l at c h when the a rmatu re s a re o pe ra ted by hand and s h�u l d u n l a tc h when the ta rget re l ea s e butto n i s o pe ra ted .

- 1 1 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 54: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45 37 5

5 . Ma ke s u re t h at the bru s h e s a nd short i n g bars agree w i t h the i n terna l c o n n ec t i on s d i a g ram .

6 . C hec k that a l l s c rews a re t i ght .

CAUTI ON S HOULD THERE B E A NEED TO T I GHTEN ANY SC REWS , DO NOT OVERTI GHTEN , TO PREV E NT STR I PP I NG .

DRAWOUT R E LA Y TEST I NG

The I FC rel ays may be te s ted wi thout remov i n g them from the pa nel by u s i n g t h e 1 2 XCA1 1 A1 fo u r- po i n t tes t p robes . T h e 1 2 XCA1 1 A2 fo u r- po i n t tes t pro b e rn a k e s connec t i o n s t o both t h e re l ay a nd t h e exte rn a l c i rc u i try , wh i c h prov i d es ma x i mum fl e x i b i l i ty but requ i re s rea sona b l e ca re , s i nc e a CT s h o rt i n g j umper i s nec e s s a ry wh en tes t i n g the re l ay . The CT c i rc u i t may a l so be tested by u s i n g an amme ter i n stead of the s ho rt i ng j umper . S ee the te s t c i rc u i t i n F i g u re 1 5 .

GENERAL POWER REQU I REMENTS

Al l a l ternat i n g c u rre nt ( AC ) o pe ra ted d ev i ces are a ffec ted by fre quency . S i nce non- s i n u so i d a l waveforms c a n b e ana l yzed a s a fu ndament a l frequ ency p l u s h a rmo n i cs o f t h e fundam e nta l fre que ncy , i t fo l l ows that A C d ev i ces ( re l ays ) w i l l b e a ffec ted by t h e a pp l i ed waveform . The refo re , i n o rder to pro perl y tes t AC re l ays i t i s e s s e nt i a l to u se a s i ne wa ve o f cu rre nt a nd/o r vo l ta ge . The pur i ty of t he s i ne wave ( i . e . , i ts freedom from harmo n i c s ) c a n no t b e expre s sed a s a fi n i te numbe r fo r a ny parti cu l ar rel ay; howeve r , a ny re l ay u s i n g tu ned c i r c u i ts , R- L or RC networks , or s aturat i n g e l ec tromagnets ( s u c h a s t i me ove rc u rre nt re l ays ) wou l d b e e s s e nt i a l l y a ffected by non- s i n u so i d a l wav e fo rms . Hence a res i s tance- l i m i ted c i rcu i t , a s s h own i n F i g u res 1 6- 1 8 , i s recommend ed .

T I ME OVERCU RRENT U N I T

Ro tate t h e t i m e d i a l s l owl y a nd c hec k b y means of a 1 amp that t h e conta c t s j u s t c l o s e a t t he 0 t i me d i a l s e tt i n g .

The po i nt a t wh i c h the contacts j u s t c l o s e c a n be adj u s ted by run n i n g the sta t i onary contact bru s h i n o r out by mean s of i ts adj u s t i n g s c rew .

W i t h t h e contac t s j u s t cl o s i n g at No . 0 t i me sett i n g , t h e re s ho u l d be s u ffi c i ent ga p between the sta t i o na ry conta c t brus h a n d i ts me ta l b ac k i n g str i p to e n s u re a ppro x i matel y 1 / 3 2 " w i pe .

The m i n i mum c u rrent a t wh i ch t he contac ts wi l l j u s t c l o s e i s determi ned by the ta p sett i n g i n t h e tap b l oc k at the to p of the s up po rt structure . See CHARACTER IST I CS s ec t i on .

The p i c ku p of the t i me ove rcu rre nt u n i t fo r a ny c u rrent ta p sett i n g i s adj u s ted by mean s o f a s pr i n g-adj u st i n g r i n g . S ee F i gu re 1 . The s pr i n g-

- 1 2-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 55: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

adj u s t i n g r i n g e i ther w i nd s or u nw i nd s the s p i ral cont ro l s pr i n g ( see F i g u re 1 ) . By tu rn i n g the r i ng , the o pera t i n g c u rre n t o f the u n i t may be b rou g h t i nto ag reement w i th t h e t a p sett i ng empl oyed , i f t h i s a d j u s tment ha s b een d i s tu rbed . Th i s a dj u s tmen t a l so permi t s a ny des i red sett i ng i n te rmed i a te between the v a r i ou s ta p se tt i ng s to b e obta i ned . I f s u c h adj u s tment i s requ i red , i t i s recommended that t h e h i g h e r ta p be u sed . I t s hou l d be noted tha t the rel ay w i l l not nece s s ar i l y a gree w i th the t i me cu rre n t c h a ra c te r i s t i c s o f F i g u re s 6-8 a n d 2 0 - 2 2 i f the re l ay h a s been adj u s ted to p i c k up a t a va l u e other than ta p v a l u e , becau s e t he to rque l ev e l of the re l ay h a s been c hanged .

Ti me Sett i ng

The sett i n g o f the t i me d i a l determi n e s t h e l ength o f t i me the u n i t req u i re s to c l o se the contacts when the cu rre nt reache s a prede term i ned v a l u e . The contac ts a re j u s t c l o sed wh en the t i me d i a l i s s e t on 0 . When the t i me d i a l i s set o n 10 , the d i sk mu s t t ravel the max i mum amount to c l o s e the contac ts a nd there fore th i s se tt i ng g i v es the ma x i mum t i me s e tt i n g .

The p r i ma ry adju stment fo r the t i me o f opera t i o n o f the un i t i s made by mea n s o f t h e t i me d i a l . However , fu rth er adju s tme n t i s o b ta i ned by mov i ng the permanent magnet a l ong i ts s u pport i ng s he l f ; mov i ng the magnet towa rd the d i s k a nd sha ft dec rea se s the t i me , wh i l e mo v i n g i t away i nc re a s e s the t i me .

P i ckup Te s t

Set t h e rel ay a t 0 . 5 t ime d i a l pos i t i o n a nd t h e l owe s t ta p . U s i n g t h e t e s t connec t i on s i n F i gu r e 1 6 , t h e ma i n u n i t shou l d c l o s e t h e contacts w i th i n � 3% o f ta p va l u e cu rre n t fo r 60 Hz re l ays and w i t h i n � 7 . 5 % o f ta p v a l u e c u rre n t fo r 5 0 H z re l ays .

Ti me Te s t

Set the re l ay a t No . 5 t i me d i a l se tt i ng and t h e l owe st ta p . U s i n g t h e te s t connec t i on s i n F i gu re 1 6 , a pp l y f i v e t i mes ta p cu rrent to t h e re l ay . The rel ay opera t i n g t i me to c l o se i t s conta c t i s l i s ted i n Ta b l e X .

Rel ay

I FC 5 1 I FC 5 3 I FC77

H I G H- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T

TABL E X

Hz

50 and 60 5 0 a nd 60 50 and 60

T i me M i n . 1 . 7 6 1 . 28 0 . 89

( second s ) Ma x . 1 . 8 0 1 . 34 0 . 95

Ma ke s u re tha t the i n s ta n ta neou s u n i t l i n k i s i n t h e co rrec t pos i t i o n fo r the ra nge i n wh i ch i t i s to ope ra te . See the I n ternal Co nnec t i on s D i agram , F i gu re 5 , and connec t a s i nd i c a ted i n the te s t c i rc u i t o f F i g u re 1 7 . Whenev e r po s s i b l e , u s e t h e h i g her range , s i nce t h e h i g her range h a s a h i g her cont i nuous ra t i n g .

- 1 3-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 56: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

Sett i ng the H i gh-Se i smi c I n stantaneo u s Un i t

The i n stantaneo u s u n i t has an adj u s ta b l e c o re l o c a ted a t t he to p o f the u n i t a s s hown i n F i g u re 1 . To set t h e i n s ta nta neous u n i t to a d e s i red p i c ku p , l oo s en t he l oc kn u t a nd adj u s t the c o re . Turn i n g t h e c o re c l o c kw i s e dec reas e s t h e p i c ku p ; turn i n g t h e co re coun tercl oc kwi se i nc reases the p i c ku p . B r i n g u p the cu rre n t s l owl y u n t i l t he u n i t p i c ks u p . I t may be n ece s s a ry t o re pea t th i s o pe ra t i o n unt i l t he des i red pi c ku p va l ue i s obta i ned . Once the d e s i red p i c k u p va l ue i s reac hed , t i g h ten t he l oc knut .

CAUTION REFER TO TAB L E V I FOR THE CONT I NUOUS AND ONE- SECOND RAT I NGS O F TH E I NSTANTAN EOUS U N I T . DO NOT EXC E E D TH ESE RAT I NGS WH E N APP L Y I NG CURRENT TO THE I NSTAN TANEOUS U N I T .

The range o f t he i n stantaneo u s u n i t ( s ee Ta b l e V I ) co re po s i t i o n of 1 /8 o f a turn from fu l l coun tercl oc kw i s e from t he fu l l c l o c kwi s e po s i t i on . the fu l l c l ockw i se po s i t i on .

mu st be obta i ned be tween a c l o c kw i s e a nd 2 0 tu rn s Do no t 1 eave t h e c o re i n

H I GH-SE I SM I C TARGET AN D SEAL- I N U N I T

The ta rget a nd seal - i n u n i t h a s a n o pe ra t i n g co i l ta pped at 0 . 2 a nd 2 . 0 amperes . The rel ay i s s h i ppped from the fac tory wi t h the tap s c rew i n t h e h i gher am pe re po s i t i on . T h e tap sc rew i s t he s c rew ho l d i n g the r i ght- h a nd sta t i o n a ry contac t . To c hange t h e ta p s e tti n g , fi r s t remov e o ne s c rew from the l e ft- h a nd s ta t i onary contact a nd pl ace i t i n t he d e s i red ta p . Next , remove t he sc rew from the u ndes i red tap a nd pl ac e i t o n t h e l eft- hand sta t i o n a ry contact where the fi rst s c rew was removed ( s ee F i gure 1 ) . Th i s procedu re i s n ec e s s a ry to prevent the r i g h t- h and sta t i onary contact from gett i n g out of adj u s tmen t . Sc rews s hou l d never be l e ft i n bo th ta ps at t h e same t ime .

P i c kup a nd Dropo u t Test

1 .

2 0

3 0

4 .

5 .

Connec t rel ay studs 1 a nd 2 ( see the test c i rc u i t o f F i g u re 1 8 ) to a DC source o f pro per frequency and good waveform , u s i n g a n ammeter a nd l oad bo x so that the cu rre nt can be contro l l ed ove r a ra n ge of 0 . 1 to 2 . 0 amperes .

Turn t h e t i me d i a l to the Z E RO T I ME D I AL pos i t i o n .

I nc re a s e the c u rre nt s l owl y u nt i l the sea l - i n u n i t p i c ks u p . See Tabl e X I .

Move the t i me d i a l away from the ZERO T I ME D I AL po s i t i on ; t h e sea l ­i n u n i t s ho u l d rema i n i n t he p i c ked- u p po s i t i on .

Dec rea se t h e cu rrent s l owl y u nt i l the seal - i n u n i t d ro ps out . See Tabl e X I .

- 14-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 57: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

Ta p 0 . 2 2 . 0

GEK- 45375

TAB LE X I

P i c k u p C u rre nt 0 . 1 2 - 0 . 20 1 . 2 - 2 . 0

INSTALLATION

Dro po u t C u rre nt . 05 o r mo re . 5 0 o r mo re

The re l ay s ho u l d be i n sta l l ed i n a c l ean , d ry l ocat i on , free from d u s t , and wel l l i gh ted to fac i l i ta te i n s pec t i on a nd test i n g .

The rel ay s hou l d b e mou n ted o n a v e rt i ca l s u rface . The out l i n e and pane l d r i l l i n gs a re s hown i n F i gu re s 2 3 a nd 24 . F i g u re 23 s hows the sem i - fl us h mou n t i n g ( n ec e s s a ry for h i g h s e i smi c capa b i l i ty ) , and F i gu re 24 s hows v a r i o u s method s of su rface mount i n g .

The i nternal connec t i on d i a grams fo r the re l ays are s hown i n F i gures 4 a nd 5 . Typi cal external connect i on s a re s h own i n F i gu re 9 .

I NSTAL LAT I ON TESTS

The fo l l owi n g tes t s are to be pe rfo rmed at the t i me o f i nsta l l a t i o n :

T ime Ov erc u rrent U n i t

Set the ta p b l oc k to the d es i red ta p sett i n g a nd the t i me d i a l to the 0 . 5 po s i t i on . U s i ng t he te st c i rc u i t i n F i g u re 1 6 , g radu a l l y a ppl y cu rre n t u n t i l the contac t s j u s t c l ose . Th i s va l ue of c u rre nt i s defi ned a s p i c ku p , a nd shou l d be w i th i n 3% o f tap va l ue for 60 Hz rel ays and w i t h i n 7 . 5 % o f tap v a l ue fo r 5 0 Hz rel ays .

C hec k the opera t i n g t ime at some mu l t i pl e of ta p va l ue a nd the des i red t i me d i a l s e tt i n g . Th i s mul t i pl e of t a p va l ue may be 5 t i me s ta p ra t i n g or the ma x i mum fau l t cu rre nt fo r wh i c h the re l ay must coo rd i nate . Th i s va l ue i s l eft to t he d i sc ret i on of the u s e r .

H i gh-Se i sm i c Ta rget a nd Seal - I n U n i t

1 . Ma ke s u re that the t a p s c rew i s i n t h e des i red ta p .

2 . Pe rfo rm p i c k u p a nd d ro pout tes t s as out l i ned i n ACCEPTANCE TESTS sect i on .

H i gh-Se i smi c I n stan taneo u s Un i t

1 . Sel ect the des i red ra nge by sett i n g the l i n k i n t h e pro per po s i t i o n ( se e F i gure 1 a n d t he I n ternal Co nnect i on s D i a g ram , F i gu res 4 a n d 5 ) . Whenever po s s i b l e , be s u re to sel ec t the h i gher ra nge , s i nce i t has a h i g her cont i nuous rat i n g .

2 . Set the i n sta nta neous u n i t to p i c k u p a t the d es i red c u r re n t l evel . See Sett i ng t he H i gh-Se i sm i c I n st anta neo u s U n i t i n the ACCEPTANCE TESTS sect i on .

- 1 5 -

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 58: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

Al l the te sts desc r i b ed a bov e u nder INSTALLATION TESTS mu s t be pe rformed a t t h e t i me of i nsta l l at i o n . I n add i t i on , i f tho s e tests d e s c r i bed u n d e r the ACCEPTANCE TESTS s ec t i o n we re not perfo rmed pr i o r to i n sta l l a t i on , i t i s recommended they be perfo rmed at t h i s t i me .

PERIODI C CHECKS AND ROUTI N E MAI NTENANCE

I n v i ew o f the v i ta l ro l e o f protec t i v e rel ays i n t he o pe ra t i o n o f a powe r sys tem , i t i s i mpo rta nt t h at a peri od i c test program be fo l l owed . I t i s recogn i zed that t he i nterv a l between per i od i c c hecks w i l l v ary depen d i n g u po n env i ronment , type of rel ay a nd the u se r ' s expe r i ence w i th peri od i c tes t i n g . U n t i 1 the u ser h a s accumul a ted eno ugh exper i ence to s e l ec t the t e s t i n te rv a 1 best s u i ted to h i s i nd i v i du a l re qu i reme nts , i t i s s uggested that t h e fo l l owi n g po i n ts b e c h ec ked a t an i n te rv a l o f from o n e to two yea rs .

These te s t s a re i n te nded to e n s u re t h at t h e re l ays hav e not dev i a ted from th e i r or i g i na l s e tt i n g . I f dev i a t i ons are encou n te red , t h e rel ay m u s t b e retes ted a nd se rv i ced a s d es c r i bed i n t h i s manua l .

T I ME OVERCU RRENT U N I T

1 . P e rfo rm p i c k u p test fo r the t a p sett i n g i n s e rv i ce , a s descr i bed i n t h e INSTALLATION s ect i on .

2 . Pe rfo rm the t i me tes t s as d es c r i bed i n t h e I NSTALLATION sect i o n .

H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTANEOUS U N I T

Chec k t h a t t h e i nsta nta neou s u n i t p i c ks u p a t the des i red c u rre nt l eve l , a s o ut l i ned i n t h e ACCEPTANCE TESTS s ect i o n .

H IGH- S E ISMI C TARGET AND SEAL- I N U N I T

1 . C hec k t hat the u n i t p i c ks u p at t h e v a l u e s s hown i n Tabl e X I .

2 . C hec k that the un i t d ro ps out a t 25% o r mo re o f tap v a l ue .

CONTACT C L EAN I NG

Fo r cl ea n i n g fi ne s i l ve r re l ay conta c t s , a fl ex i b l e burn i s h i n g too l s hou l d be u s ed . Th i s cons i sts of an etc hed - ro u g hened str i p o f fl e x i b l e meta l , re sembl i ng a s u pe rfi ne fi l e . Th e po l i s h i n g act i o n i s so d el i cate t h at no sc ratches a re l e ft , yet i t wi l l c l ean o ff any co rro s i on t ho ro u g h l y a nd rap i d l y . The fl e x i b i l i ty of the too l i n s u res the c l ea n i n g o f t h e a c tu a l po i n ts o f c o n tact . Never u s e k n i ves , fi l es , o r a b ras i ve pape r or c l oth o f any k i nd to c l e a n fi ne s i l ver contac t s . A b u rn i s h i n g to ol a s d e s c r i bed a bove c a n be o bta i ned from t he factory .

- 1 6-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 59: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

COVER C LEAN I NG

The c l e a r Lexan@ cover shou l d be c l eaned w i t h a so ft c l o th and wa te r o n l y . C l ean i ng so l u t i o n s shou l d n o t b e u s ed .

SYSTEM TEST

Al thou gh th i s i n st ruc t i o n boo k i s p r i ma r i l y wr i t ten to c h ec k and set the I FC rel ay, overa l l fu nc t i o n a l te sts to c heck the sys tem opera t i o n are recommended , a t i n te rva l s b a sed on the c u stome r • s expe r i enc e .

SYSTEM TEST

Al thou gh th i s i n stru c t i on boo k i s p r i ma r i l y wr i tte n to chec k and set the I FC re l ay,; overa l l fu nct i o na l te s ts to c h ec k the sys tem operat i o n are recommended , a t i n te rv a l s based on the c u s tome r • s exper i e nc e .

SERVICING

TIME OV ERCU RRENT U N I T

I f i t i s fou nd d u r i n g i n s ta l l a t i o n or per iod i c te s t i n g th a t t h e t i me over­cu rrent un i t i s ou t of l i m i ts , the u n i t may be reca l i b ra ted a s fo l l ows :

P i c kup Te sts

Ro ta te t i me d i a l to No . 0 t i me d i a l sett i n g and c hec k by mea n s o f a l amp that the contac ts j u s t c l o s e .

The po i n t a t wh i c h the conta c t s j u s t c l o se can b e adju s ted by ru nn i n g the s ta t i o na ry contac t b ru s h in or ou t by mean s of i ts a d j u s t i n g sc rew . Th i s sc rew s hou l d be he l d sec u re l y i n i t s s u p por t .

W i th t h e contac ts j u s t c l o s i n g a t No . 0 t i me sett i n g , there shou l d b e su ffi c i en t gap between t h e s ta t i o n a ry conta c t b ru s h a n d i t s meta l bac k i n g s tr i p to ensure a pprox i ma te l y 1 / 3 2 11 w i pe .

The p i c kup o f the u n i t fo r a ny cu rre n t ta p sett i n g i s adj u s ted by mea n s o f a s pr i n g-adju st i n g r i n g . By tu rn i n g the r i n g , t he operat i ng cu rrent of the u n i t may b e brou ght i n to a g reeme n t w i t h t h e ta p se tt i n g empl oyed , i f fo r some rea son th i s a d ju stment h a s b een d i s tu rbed . Th i s adju s tment a l so perm i t s a ny des i red sett i n g i n te rmed i a te between the va r i ou s ta p sett i n g s to be o b ta i ned . I f such ad ju stment i s requ i red , i t i s recommended tha t the h i gher tap sett i ng be u sed . I t s hou l d be noted tha t the re l ay wi l l n o t nec e ssa r i l y agree w i t h the t i me-cu rren t c h a rac ter i s t i c s of F i gu re s 6- 8 and 2 0- 22 i f t h e re l ay ha s been adju s ted to p i c k up a t a v a l ue o th e r than ta p v a l u e , bec au se the to rque l ev e l o f the re l ay ha s been c hanged .

Connec t the opera t i n g co i l te rm i n a l s to a sou rc e o f the proper fre quency and good wave forem hav i n g a vo l tage of 1 10 o r more , w i th re s i s tance l oad boxes fo r sett i n g the c u rre n t ( see Te s t c i rc u i t o f Fi g u re 1 6 ) .

- 1 7 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 60: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

W i th the ta p b l oc k set fo r t he l owe s t tap and the t i me d i a l set where contacts a re just o pen , adjust the contro l s pr i ng to j u s t c l o se the contacts w i th i n the l i m i t s g i ven in Tab l e X I I , wh i c h are ± 1 % of the tap amps .

Ta p Ra nge 0 . 5 - 4 1 . 0 - 1 2 . 0

Ta p 0 . 5 1 . 0

TABL E X I I

M i n . Amp s . 4 9 5 . 99

Ma x . Amp s . 50 5

1 . 0 1

I t s hou l d nev er b e nec es sa ry to w i nd u p the contro l s p r i n g adju s te r mo re than 3 00 ( one notc h ) o r to u nw i nd i t more than 1 200 ( fou r notche s ) from the fac to ry sett i n g to o b ta i n the above p i c k u p sett i n g .

T i me Tes t s

W i t h t h e ta p b l oc k s e t fo r t h e l owe s t ta p a n d the t i me d i a l a t No . 5 s e tt i n g , app l y 5 t i me s tap cu rrent to the rel ay.

Ad j u s t the po s i t i o n o f the d rag ma g ne t a s semb l y to o b ta i n a n o pera t i n g t i me a s l i s ted i n Tab l e X I I I .

Re l ay

I FC 5 1 I FC 5 3 I FC 77

TABL E X I I I

Ti me ( Second s ) M i n . Max . 1 . 7 6 1 . 8 0 1 . 2 9 1 . 3 3 0 . 90 0 . 94

I t wou l d be pre fe ra b l e to adj u s t the opera t i n g t i me a s nea rl y a s po s s i b l e to 1 . 78 , 1 . 3 1 o r 0 . 92 second s . The d rag magnet a s semb l y s hou l d b e a pp ro x i ma te l y i n the m i d d l e o f i t s trave l . The d ra g magnet a ssemb l y i s a d j u s te d by l oo sen i ng the two sc rews s ec u r i ng i t to the su ppo rt s t ru c tu r e ( see F i gu r e 1 ) . Mov i n g the d ra g ma gnet towa rd s the d i s k and s h a ft dec rease s the o p e ra t i n g t i me and mov i n g the d ra g magnet away fro m the d i s k and s h a ft i nc re a s e s the o pera t i n g t i me . The s c rews sec u r i n g the d ra g ma gnet a ssemb l y to the s u p port s t ru c tu r e mu st be t i gh t be fore proceed i ng w i th other t i me c h ec k s .

Mec han i c a l Adj u s tmen t

Th e d i s k doe s not have to be i n the exac t cente r o f e i th e r a i r gap fo r the re l ay to perform correc t l y . Shou l d the d i s k not c l ea r a l l g aps , howev e r , the fo l l ow i n g adj u s tmen t can be made .

1 . Dete rm i ne wh i c h way the d i s k mu s t b e a l i g ned to c l e a r a l l gap s u rfa c e s by 0 . 0 1 0 i nc h .

2 . Remove the d ra g mag ne t a ssemb l y by l oo sen i n g the two sc rews sec u r i n g i t to the suppo rt s t ru c tu r e . The sc rews n eed not be remov e d .

3 . Loo sen the upper p i vot b ea r i ng set sc rew ( 1 / 16 11 h ex wrenc h ) s l i g h tl y , so the upper p i vot can mov e free l y . Do not remove the set sc rew from the s u p port s truc tu re .

- 18-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 61: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

4 . Loo sen the jewe l b ea r i n g set s c rew a s i n 3 above .

5 . App l y a s l i g ht down wa rd fi nger pre s s u re on the upper p i vot and tu rn the jewe l bea r i n g sc rew , from the u nders i de of the s u pport s t ruc tu re , to po s i t i o n the d i s k as dete rm i ned i n 1 abov e .

6 . Tu rn the j ewe l b ea r i n g s c rew 1 / 8 tu rn c l o c kwi s e and t i ghten the u pper p i vot set sc rew to 2 . 5 - 3 . 5 i nch pou n d s o f to rqu e .

7 . Tu rn the jewe l bea r i n g sc rew 1 / 8 tu rn counterc l oc kw i se . Th i s w i l l l owe r the d i s k and s ha ft a s semb l y a pprox i ma te l y 0 . 00 5 " and perm i t proper end­pl ay . The s h a ft mu st have 0 . 00 5 - 0 . 0 1 0 " of end - p l ay .

8 . Ti g h ten the j ewe l bear i n g set s c rew to 2 . 5 - 3 . 5 i nc h pou nd s of to rque .

9 . Ro tate the d i s k th rou gh the e l ec tromagnet ga p . The d i s k cou l d c l ea r the gap s urfaces by 0 . 0 1 0 " and be w i th i n 0 . 005 " fl a tnes s . I f the d i s k i s not w i t h i n 0 . 005 " fl a tn es s , the d i s k s hou l d be re pl aced .

1 0 . Re i n s ta l l the d ra g magnet a s semb l y and c h ec k that the d i s k h a s a t l ea s t 0 . 0 1 0 " c 1 earance from t h e d rag magnet a s semb l y s u r face s .

1 1 . T i g h ten the d ra g magnet a ssemb l y mo u n t i ng sc rews w i t h 7 - 1 0 i nc h pou nd s o f torqu e , a fter secure ly sea t i n g t h e a s semb l y a n d po s i t i on i ng i t acc o rd i n g to the T i me Te st above ( page 18 ) .

H IGH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T

1 . Bo th conta c ts s hou l d c l o se a t the same t i me .

2 . The bac k i n g str i p shou l d be so fo rmed that the fo rked end ( fro n t ) bears aga i n st the mo l ded st r i p u nder the a rma tu re .

3 . W i t h the a rma tu re a ga i n s t the po l e p i ec e , t he c ro s s memb er o f the " T'' s pr i n g shou l d be i n a hor i zonta l pl ane and there shou l d be a t l ea s t 1 / 64 " w i pe on the contac ts . C h ec k th i s by i n s e rt i n g a 0 . 0 1 0 " fee l e r gage between the front ha l f of the s haded pol e and the arma tu re when he l d c l o sed . Co ntacts s hou l d c l o se w i th fee l e r gage i n pl ace .

4 . S i nc e mec h a n i c a l a d j u s tmen ts may a ffec t the Se i sm i c Fra g i l i ty l ev e l , i t i s adv i sed tha t no mec han i ca l adju stmen ts b e made i f se i sm i c capab i l i ty i s o f conc e rn .

H IGH- S E I SM I C TARGET AND S EAL- I N U N I T

Check 1 a nd 2 a s de sc r i bed u nder I N STANTAN EOUS U N I T .

To chec k t h e w i pe o f t h e sea l - i n u n i t , i n se rt a 0 . 0 1 0 " fee l e r gage betwee n t h e pl a s t i c re s i d u a l of t he arma tu re a n d the po l e p i ece w i th t h e arma tu re he l d c l o sed . Conta c ts s hou l d c l o se w i th fee l e r gage i n pl a c e . S i nc e mec hqn i c a l adju stments may a ffect the Se i sm i c Fra g i l i ty l ev e l , i t i s adv i sed tha t no mec h a n i c a l adju s tments be made i f se i sm i c c a pab i l i ty i s of conc e rn .

- 1 9-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 62: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

RENEWAL PARTS

I t i s recommended that suff i c i ent quant i t i es of renewal p arts be carri ed i n stock to enab l e the prompt rep l acement of any t hat are worn , broken or d amaged .

When order i ng renewal p arts , addres s the nearest S a l e s Off i ce of the General E l ectri c Company , spec i fy quant i ty requ i red , name of the p art wanted , and g i ve comp l ete mod e l number of the rel ay for whi ch the p art i s requ i red . I f pos s i bl e , g i ve t h e General E l ectr i c requ i s i t i on number o n wh i ch t h e rel ay was furn i s hed .

S i nce the l ast ed i t i on , changes h ave been made i n T ab l e I X and F i gures 23 & 4 .

1 2 I F C 5 1 TAPS AVAI LAB LE

0.5 0.6 0 .7 0 . 5 1

1 2 I FC 5 3 TAPS AVA I LAB LE

0.5 0 . 6 0.7 0 . 5 1

1 2 I FC77 TAPS AVAI LABLE

0.5 0.6 0.7 0.5 1

TAB LE I I (SEE PAGE 6)

1 . 2 1 . 5 2

1 .2 1 . 5 2

1 .2 1 . 5 2

20

2 . 5 3

2 . 5 3

2 . 5 3

4

4

4

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 63: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

TOP

PIVOT

SEAL- IN

TARGET TAP

SEL E CTO R SCREW

SEAL·IN U NI T

STAT I O N A R Y CONTACT --...:

SEAL-IN

TAR G E T

GEK-45375

OL SPR I N G

A DJUST I N G

R I N G

TIM E O V E R C U A R E N T

T A P S E L ECTORS

I NSTANTA N E O US

U N I T

M A I N MOVI N G

C O NTACT

M A I N STATI O NA R Y

B R USH A N D C O NTACT

ASSEMBLY

F i g u re 1 ( 8 042708 ) Type I FC 5 3B Re l ay , Removed from Ca se , Fro nt V i ew

SUPPORT

STR U C T U R E

O ISK

U-MA G N E T

A N D TAP

B l O C K ASSE M B L Y

T I M E O V E R C U R R E NT

U NI T

Fi g u re 2 ( 8 0427 1 1 ) Type I FC 5 3B Re l ay , Removed from Case , Rea r V i ew

- 2 1 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 64: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

E E-MA G N ET A N D

TAP B L O C K ASS E M B L Y

T IME-OV E R C U R R ENT U N I T

Fi g u re 3 ( 8 0427 5 0 ) Type I FC77B Re l ay , Removed from Ca se , Rear V i ew

-22-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 65: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

I N DU C TI ON --- UNIT

TSI

r 2

5

-* = S HOR T F I NGE I\>

F i gure 4 (0257A8339-5) I nternal Connect i ons for Re l ay Types I FC 5 1A , I FC53A and I FC77A - Front V i ew

T S I 1 _l II

MTI . Ill I T

T� T S I

1 . T I

I i 1- III

T·1 r .

2

* = �..>10RT FI NG E R

INST. :---Nv-1 I I

� L

I

r� r _ _ j �--= _ __JUL_ _ __J,[It1.11il_ -� r I£T lHHf " "II"

F-. • • • ... Me TO " L" � LOW .Mil. L III• ... .. .. . . •1111£ f'OSI T I CM

F i gure 5 (0257A8340- 5 ) I nternal Connecti ons for Re l ay types I FC51B , I FC53B and I FC77B - Front V i ew

-23-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 66: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

.J .I J .I .. 1 1-

-

-

,. --... ...

100 ..

.. ,. .. .. .. ,.

21

II I

I

I .. .. .J .. .. ..

. I .. ... .IJ .II ...

...

...

.II .s .I .7 .1 .1 1

3 4 5 I 1 I 1 11

f"\ ·'

' ·" .'\. �i\.

'\,. i'( 1'-.., r--.. 1\. ...... r-....

"' r-. � � '-. "' f'-" r':::

�t'-. !'- t'--r-. -K ' ........

1'-.. ......

['. -.....

1'---...........

TI M E UNIT

GEK-45375

0 21 3G 40 50 10 10 •• �

1:'-...... r-::: � ['., 10 r::::: � � 9 8 c.!) 1'--.. 7 z i -

5 .... .... 4 LLI

3 "'

1'--, 2 ...J c( -

t':-:--. Q r----., 1 w

r--.. :::e �""--:-- I -2 ....

1 1 ! 1 u ni I --

-

J • -

-.. ...

...

I .. .. .. 1 •

• .. .. 31

21

10

I

I

I I

I

..

...

.2

I ... • .., -.. ... . ..

..

.. 4 5 & 7 I I 10 ! ! 5 � ! ! I I

P I CK-U P C U R RENT 20 30 40 50 10 70 ··� I i i I I I II

M U LTI PLES OF

F i gu re 6 ( 0 1 08 88 943- 2 ) 6 0 Hertz T ime-Cu rrent C haracter i s t i c s fo r Rel ay Types I FC 5 1 A and I FC 5 1 B

- 24-

.I

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 67: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1--.. ,. -... -

.s J 7 _. .J 1

301

,..

100

..

.. ,. .. ••

..

lO

,.

10 I

I

I .I

.I ,J .I ..

..

.l

.I ... .II .17 .II .II

...

.a

.11 .I .I .1 .I .I 1

GEK- 45375

4 5 I 7 I I l l 0

20 30 40 50 10 ,. --� I : 8 8 U li .. - ... . - ..

\,\ ,\\ \\� �� �

•I \

-"' .\ !\ ' 1\ ' '

' \ .

1 \ \ '

I

1\ \ ' \ . � \ \ ' \, '\,

\ 1\ \ '� '\ ------- 10 --- 9 -....._ --- 8 \ !"-- .___, 7

.� �t-- 6 (f) s c:r z -....._ I-· 4 f= !'----- f-1\ 3 w

r----. (f) [\ 2 _j <I 0

....._., I"'. I' r----. w T I ME U N I T 1-:- I 2 f-

I 2

4 5 & 7 I I 10 20 30 40 50 10 70 · ·� M U LT P L E S O F P I CK- UP S E T T I N G

F i gu re 7 ( 01 0888944 - 3 ) 60 Hertz Time- C u rrent C haracter i s t i c s fo r Rel ay Types I FC53A and I FC53B

- 25-

I --,. .. •• -lao

I .. ..

..

71

..

..

..

lG

,.

1 a I

I

I .I

.l

1 " .. 17 •· ..

.M

..

a

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 68: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

.J .. 1 .I .. 1 1---111 -

...

...

200

lOG .. .. 10 .. ••

..

,.

20

II

I

:g • z 0 u "' ., !5 "' :E ;:::;

'

2

I ..

..

.1

.I

..

..

..

.l

I .io ...

.17

.I I

.n

...

.ll

...

.I 1 .s .I .7 .1 .1 1

GEK-45375

4 5 I 1 I 1 1 0 20 ,. .. 50 10 10 10 .! ! ! ! ! ! I Ii 1 ! 1 u ui

\\ ,�\ � \\

\ \

\ ,\,\\ � I

\ \ � �\ \ \ \ k\ \ \ \ \ k\ \ \\1\ ��

� \ \ '"

'" ,'-..,

'\ """ �"' ="--- 10 I"''\ ,""-l'---;---.._ l I\ I\ 1\ I�'\ � !'---..___ Q) �

1\ ""'" � "':-- � j::: !'---,.___ h. � "' 3 " " ..J

I"- "- I' � I q

"'

T I M E U N I T ¥z � �

4 5 6 1 8 1 10 20 30 40 so 10 70 10 10! ! g g g g z I ! I M U LT I PLES OF PICK- UP SETTIN G · � - -

F i g u re 8 ( 01 08 88945 - 2 ) 60 Hertz T ime-Cu rrent C ha rac ter i s t i c s fo r Rel ay Types I FC77A and I FC77B

- 26-

I ---1 • -

.. •

...

3 ..

I .. .. .. 71 • .. ..

,.

20

II

I

-l 3: . "' z l �

n 0 :z

2 �

I I I I II

1 .I .I 1

.I ..

.l

.z

1 " .II .., ..

...

...

.13

.12

• •

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 69: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

A- C B U S

50-2 5.!.=Z. ..--+-+---5-'

5 2

F E E D E R

( + ) D - C T R I P S U S

2 3 �---:......l

�¥ 52 TC

r - 1

Fi g u re 9 (025 7A9647- 0 ) Exte rn a l Co n n ec ti o n s of Fou r I FC Re l ays Used fo r Mu l t i - P h a se and P ha se-to -Grou nd Fau l t Protec t i o n o f a 3- P ha se C i rcu i t

-27-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 70: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

0 \.9

I I i

' i -, � I ! '

0 L()

---

-

GEK-45375

("() tt

--\!) 0 1-

:if - lf) -

0 1-\

-- - -

1\ \ � -- 1-----

---- ---- ------

1.() #

t-V> -0 1-

\ \ \ \

o -:U U>-

0 1-

-

\ \ \ \

0 q-

0 r0

L[) 0-J

0 :\J'

L()

0

0 '\t

0 f'l)

0 (\J

0 0

3 � 1 1 � N i l 'd'tt 3 d 0 .:1 0 l N 3 Jt:l 3 d

N I ::J l!\1 1 1 l 3 !l_'\/ 'tl l CI 3 !\ 0

F i gu re 1 0 ( 0257A85 94- 2 ) Overtravel C u rves fo r Rel ay Type I FC 5 1

- 28-

�) {.;�

Q_ =:> I

� 0 CL

LL 0

Lf) w _j CL � -

1-_j =:> �

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 71: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

0 rn tD -

t L :t:t +::t 1---- -- 1--- -

lf) r../) l]) 0 0 0 �- --- -- I-_ ----r- 1- 1-

----'---·

-- -

-

-

_-I N :¢

lf) � o �� 1- '

0 �

I

I

-r---

I -- r------t--

\ \ I I I I

I \ i -

1t I \ I i

lf) I i 0 I I 1- I I l'l \ I �I I \ I \ �I \ \

� � ' I� I [\ � ---.......... ......._ � � I "'L\

0 L()

-----

I I

J 0 q-

------� r---

0 !")

t'--... ............

�I -

0 (\j

0

3 1t\J il 9 N i lV' CI 3 dD .::J O 1 N 3 )cL 3 d N I 3 V\J 1 1 l 3 1\ \7' � .l CJ 3 1\ 0

I I

I ' I I i I I I I I I ; i

i !

I I I I

\

\

N

F i gu re 1 1 { 0257A8595 - 2 ) Overtravel C u rves fo r Rel ay Type I FC53

- 29-

0 ..._f

0... \.0 :::> (\f I

� 0 0...

O LL (\) 0

0

0

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 72: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

--�--�--�--��--�--�--.--.---,--,---, 0 �

·--1---�--+--1 lD 1 1 1 1 r----l--�---+--1 ------l--:��

f'()

1-------i-' ___ j _____ L_ __ � 1.[) lf) ---+--+----+,----l ! ! ! : 0 ! I 0 I

+-------;...' --- i I : 1- : J 1-+ ----1----�------� � i !

\1 (L lD :::> 1------\-+--+---+--l N ,

Y:: l) CL I I ! I

\I I ! ! ! ...L_ _ _. \�+--+--4--+-\-! --+---1-----1 0 lL.

! !r0 I .1, \ I \ N : I ''** ----\ \ w

!----+---+--+! __ _,; if) ---D\---l--------1'-+-+---+-� l() ci I ! 2""" I \ I � ���--�--�� -+-�---+�--�'�-���-11\-T-rl --;0 � I I I � �� � \

0 �

0 l.()

0 q

0 ('{)

0 C\.1 0

3 li'J I 1 9N i l 'd tf3 d 0 .:lO 1 N 3 CYtl :3d N l ::l lf\J i l l 3 /\\7' cLL CJ 3 /\ 0

0

F i gu re 1 2 ( 02 57A8596- 2 ) Overtravel C u rves fo r Rel ay Type I FC77

- 30-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 73: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

- - --

50 1 � -- --

§ 3 "' "' UJ > 0

20

10

I 0 11

-f----

1- I -

GEK-45375

H I S E I !NIC RATED I NSTAtiTANEOOS U N I T

TRANS! ENT OVERREAOi

PERCENT OVERREAOi = 100 _ t y] T A = PICKUP -OJRRENT GRADUALLY APPL I ED

B= CURRENT SUDDENLY APPL I ED

f I - -r - 1 ( H I -SEl �I C) M I N IMUM

P I CK-UP �---�

-- I

0 2 0 8 A 8 6 9 ll

t-t-

v v L

I v_f J MAXIMJM } P I CK-UP r---V �(H I -SE ISI-l iC) ,

0 I 21il 30 ljQ 50 60 7.� 80 ANGLE I N CEffi EES LAG.

F i gu re 1 3 ( 02 08 A8694- 2 ) Tra n s i ent Overrea c h C ha racter i s t i c s o f t he H i gh -Se i smi c I n stantaneo u s U n i t

, ()2 5

. 02

::= .01 w :>: >-­"-52 u ;;:: . 0 1

. 00

0

1-- \ 5--f--

·i} 5

� I SE ISM I C RATED I NSTANTANEOUS UN I T

OPERAT I NG T I ME

OPERAT I NG T l f1E

�"---...:::: v- RANGE FOR ANY

P I CKUP SETT I NG

� �T �--

0 2 0 8 A 8 6 9 5

I '

i

9

"I'---,_ _,_________ .___,____

1 . 5 2 3 lj 5 6

MULT I PLES OF P I CKUP

·r -

! I

7 8 9

Fi gu re 14 ( 0208A8695 - 1 ) T ime- C u rrent C haracte r i st i cs o f t he H i gh -Se i sm i c I ns tan taneous U n i t

- 3 1 -

1 0

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 74: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

R E L A Y C O IL I N C I R C U I T

R E L A Y C O I L N O T I N C I R C U I T

5

5

R E L A S I D E

C A Sf -S I D

R E L A Y T E R M I N A L S

6/

A

6

1 2 X C A I I A I O R

1 2 X C A I I A 2

0 0 R E L A Y

S I DE G A� -S I D

1 2 XG A I I A I

5

Fi g u re 1 5 ( 0269A1787- 1 ) Te s t Co nnec t i o n s fo r Te s t i n g CT Seconda ry U s e d wi t h t h e I FC Re l ay

T O S TA R T T I ME R

VA R I A BLE

M I N I M U M crf OT--+-----'---1 7/ � I t R E S I S T�R

R E C O M M E N D E D 1 V O LT S 1 2 0 AT : R A T E D F R E Q . •

TO S TO P T I M E R

c:rY' o- --- -------,

TO I ND ICAT I N G - - - _. L I G H T W H E N

1 2 X CA I I A I

.- C H EC K I N G P I C K U P

R E L A Y SIDE

C ASE SIDE

0

2

0 Fi g u re 1 6 ( 0269A1789- 0 ) Te st Co nnec t i o n s fo r Te st i n g P i c ku p and Opera t i n g Ti me s

o f the I FC Re l ay Ti me Ov erc u rren t Un i t

- 32-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 75: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TO S TA R T T I ME R

VA R I A B L E RESI STO R

M I N I M U M REC O MM � N D E D V O L T S J 1 2 0 AT R AT E D F R E Q . I

----------0� �------------------� fO STO P

T I ME R TO .IN DICATING

- - - • L IG H T W H E N � C HEC K I N G P IC K U P

R E L AY - I 2 T E R M I N A Ls.-:--1-------.

1 2 X C A I I A I

R ELAY S I D E

CASE SIDE

0

0

3

R E LAY S I D E

C ASE- ­S I D E

0

4

0 0

5

C T J U M PE R

Fi g u re 1 7 ( 0269A1788- 1 ) Te st Co nnec t i o n s fo r Te s t i n g P i c k u p a nd Opera t i n g Ti me s o f the I FC Re l ay H i g h- Se i sm i c I n sta n ta n eo u s Un i t

D . C . V O L T S

VA R I A B L E R E S I S T O R

RELAY T E R M I N ALS

1 2 X C A I IA I

2

0 i gu re 1 8 ( 0269A17 90- 0 ) Te st Co nnec t i o n s fo r Te s t i n g the H i g h- Se i sm i c Ta rget and Sea l - i n Un i t

Used w i th the I FC Re l ay

- 33-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 76: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

C O N N E CT I O N P L U G C O NTACT F I N G E RS

S H O RT I N G BAR

GEK-45375

DRAWOU T E L EM E N T

SUPP OR T STR U CT U R E

CASE C O N N E CT I O N B L O C K

Fi g u re 19 ( 8 04 27 1 5 ) Cro s s Sec t i o n o f I FC Drawou t Case Show i n g Short i n g Ba r

- 34-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 77: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1---710 .. ...

...

211

110 .. .. 71 10

� .. u ..

= ,. iiE ... ! 21

11 I I 7 I •

'

2

I I 7 I

'

2

.1 ·" .II

7 .I ... ... ... .I '

. 0 2

.I 1

5 I 7 I I 1

.5 .I .7 .I .I 1

GEK-45375

- - -4 5 I 7 I I 11 21 31 41 50 II 71 10 11 1 I! I I I I I I I I

� ,\. .\. .'I. .'I. .'\ ·" i\.

1\. '\ '\ '\ t-.... '\ I'\ I" "'

['-, 1'- � """ """ " t'-- � � F::: t'--

I'\ ,..... t'--t-- r--=:: r-=::: r--... � 1 0 1\ ['-, r-...... """ r,-89

7 I'- 6 \.9

"' 5 z -'\ I-r--.. 4 I-

LLJ " r-- �""'. 3 <Jl

"' ...... _J

-............_ "( 2 -........ 0 ...... ........ LLJ

-........ I z: ............... r--r--I-

I 2

T I M E U N l T

4 5 I 1 I I ll I! I I ! ! � ! !I I I I I I � I l l M U LT I PLES O F P I C K- U P SET TI N G

F i g u re 2 0 ( 0 10888973- 0 ) 5 0 He rtz T i me - Cu rre n t Cha ra c te r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC 5 1A a nd I FC 5 1B

- 35-

1

1

1

1

--.. 710 -... ... -211

10 10 10 71 ..

• •

.. ,. 20

.I

.I

.7

.I

.I

..

.J

.. "

..

11

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 78: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1111 --, .. ... ...

-

-

Ill II

I

'

i .. u ..

= il: M

.. I

I ' I

I

I

I

'

I

I

I

.I

..

..

.I

.II

.II

'

...

...

...

.I I

.I . I J I I I

.I .I .J .I .I I

GEK-45375

4 I I 7 I 1 1 0 •• M 41 H II 11 11111 -

�\ �\\ �� �� � \ 1\ 1\\l\

\ \ I\ �

\ \ \ 1\ l\f'-f\ I\ 1\ 1\f'-r" � t:::---I\ t--.._ 1 0

9 \ '- 8 1 \ ['-.. !"--- 7 r-- � 6 z 5 -

....... � 4 ..... 1 \ --- UJ !'---- 3 <.11

...... r--. t--1-. _J 2 <( -

0

" ...... -------t--1- LJ.I

I ::i -�

I 2

Tt � E U N I T '

I ! ! I ! I l l I I I I I Ul l - -

I ---' II ... ...

-

I

-

• •

II

,. .. ..

..

..

I

I .I

.I .7

.I

.I

..

..

.z

..

II 4 I I 1 I I II H II .. II II 711111!

M U LT I P L ES OF P I C K U P SET T I N G I I I I I ! I ll I I I I I I I II

Fi gu re 2 1 ( 0 10888974- 0 ) 5 0 He rtz T i me -Cu rre n t Cha ra c te r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC 53A a n d I FC53B

- 36-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 79: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

...

, ... ... ... 110 ... ... ...

110 .. .. 10 ..

0 .. z s 40 ... ... il!: 30

11

I

I

3

2

I

I

1

I

3

.2

.1

...

.II 1 .I

..

... ...

.13

• 12

.I '

I I 7 I I I

.5 .1 .7 .I .I 1

GEK-45375

J .( I I 7 I I 10 ! I I ! I UU I I I I I I I II - - -

l\\ �\\\ l\\� �� �

\ \\ l\'

\ \ l\ 1\ l\ [\ \ \ l\1\ �

1\ 1\ I\ 1\1\ �� \ �

"" " " ""t'-.. '

I\ . '\."' ['-.. ......... 1 0 \ .'\..."' � ' I'-- ..-9

"" � ........ 8 (.!) I'-- r-7 z [\. r--.. 6 -

[\ 1\ � "" I'-- 5 1-I'-- 1-

r--.... 4 LLJ (/) 3 _J <(

t- 2 -"' 0

LLJ ........ I L 1--,

-I 1-2 T I M E U N I T

I : J 4 5 I 1 I I ll 21 ,. .. .. .. 71 1110!

M U LT l P L ES OF P I C K U P SET T I NG ! l I ! I ! ! !I I I I I I I I II

Fi g u re 22 ( 0 10888975- 0 ) 50 He rtz T i me-Cu rre n t Cha ra c te r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC77A and I FC77B

- 37-

'

'

'

1

... ... ... 111 ... ... -..

.. .. .. 11 .. .. ..

.I

.I

.1

.I

..

.. .J

.2

. I : ilE 11 .. - � .,

11

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 80: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

STU D N U M B ER I N G � ,If

0 7 . 3 7 6

R E1AY

8 7 M M

� + � 4 3 . 688 r: � 9 4 M M

+ 0 3 . 03 1 7 7 M M

6 .0 62 1 5 4 M M

FRONT VI EW 1 . 3 1 2 33 M M

7 . 00 0 1 7 8 M M

'\� S E E VlfY/ " A'

-

-

EXTE R NAL C O N N ECT I O N S 1 0 - 3 2 S C R EWS

M O U NT I N G S U R FAC E S I D E VI EW

- + -

0 0

R EAR VlfY/

C U T O U T

6. 1 24 1 56 M M

3 . 06 2 7 8 M M

. 1 88 D R I L L 5 M M ( 4 H LS . )

S E M I - FLUSH M O UNTING T I E S U P P O RT O R PAN EL

MAX . 1 25 THK . ...------l WAS H ER LOC KWAS H E R

8 - 32 S C R EW 1-L---�--- N UT

3 M M

V I EW " A" H DW - 02 57A8549 G - 1

T I E AN C H O R

CABL E CAB L E S

F i gure 2 3 (0257A8452 Sheet 1 [ 5 ] ) Outl i ne & Pane l Dri l l i ng for S em i - F l u s h Mou nt i ng o f Rel ay Types I FC5 1 , I FC 5 3 and I FC77

38 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 81: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

t z..Jl..Q D

8 7 M M

3 . 6�88 94rM

7 . 563 1 9 2 M M

0 R E�Y

-+ -l 6 T 3 . 0 3 1 . , 77MM

6 . 0 62 1 54MM

FRONT V I EW

SEE V I EW " B" ___.,...\.,__ EXTER NAL C O N N ECTI O N S 1 0 -32 S C R EWS ---+--i--l

MOU NT I N G S U R FACE=:.tl S I D E VI EW �"'o �

S U R FAC E M O U NT I N G FOR 3/ 1 6 TH K . MAX . PAN E L

8 . 344 2 1 2MM

.

3 . 688 ... 94MM ,.-

"'\

GEK-45375

STU D N U M BE R I N G

- + -

0 0

6 . 1 24 1 5 6 M M

3 . 0 6 2 7 8 M M

- 2 . 781_ 7 1 M M

5 .562 1 4 1 MM

R EAR V I EW

0

l :s;p(2) . 750 H O LES

I � 1 9 M M .250

��----�-----m- 7 M M T 2 . 375 t¥ j_ 4.750 1 2 1 MM

6 1 M M '!:.

2.500 � 64MM 5.00 1 28 M M

PAN EL D R I LLI N G

REMOVE K N OCKOUT

2 . 0 00 5 1 M M

t

OVERS I Z E WASH ERS VI EW " B"

M O U NTI N G S U R FAC E

LOCK WASHER 8-36 S C R EW

N UT

SEE V I EW " C"�"'-. - J 0257 A8549-G2 M O U NT I N G S U R FAC E

SURFAC E MOU NTI N G FOR 3/ 1 6 TH K . AN D OVER .

WAS H E R LKWAS H

�c��w N UT

SPACER REMOVE KNOC KOUT

R E FER TO R E LAY FO R V I EW " C"

Q UANTITY O F H OLES. H DW. 0 257A8549 - G 2

Fi gure 24 (0257A8452 Sheet 2 [ 5 ] ) Outl i ne & Panel Dri l l i ng for Surface Mount i ng of Rel ay Types I FC51 , I FC53 and I FC77

39 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 82: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 83: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK- 45375

L I ST O F FI GUR E S Fi gure

1 . I FC53B Rel ay , Front V i ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1

2 . I FC53B Rel ay , Rea r V i ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1

3 .

4 .

5 .

6 .

7 .

8 .

9 .

1 0 .

1 1 .

1 2 .

I FC77B Rel ay , Rear V i ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I FC 5 1 A , 53A a nd 7 7A I ntern a l Connect i on s • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . .

I FC 5 1 A , 5 3B a nd 7 7 B I ntern a l Connec t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .

I nverse 60 Hertz T i me-Cu rre n t C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Very I nve rse 6 0 Hertz T i me-Current Cu rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •

Extremel y I nv e rse 60 Hertz T i me-Cu rre nt C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Extern a l Connec t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .

I FC 5 1 Overtra vel Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I FC53 Overtravel C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I FC7 7 Ove rtravel Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2

23

2 3

2 4

2 5

26

27

28

2 9

3 0

1 3 . H i gh-Se i sm i c I ns ta nt a neous U n i t Trans i ent Overreac h C haracter i s t i c s 3 1

14 . H i gh-Se i s m i c I n s ta nta neou s U n i t T i me- Cu rre nt C h arac ter i st i cs . . . . . . . 3 1

1 5 . Te st Connec t i on s - CT Tes t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2

1 6 . Test Connec t i on s - T ime Overcurre nt U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2

1 7 . Test Connec t i o n s - H i gh-Se i s m i c I n s ta ntaneou s U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

1 8 . Test Connec t i on s - H i g h - S e i s m i c Target a nd Sea l - I n U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

1 9 . C ro s s Sec t i on of I FC Drawout Case Connec t i o ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

20 . I nverse 50 He rtz Ti me- C u rre nt C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

2 1 . Very I nverse 5 0 Hertz T i me-Current C u rve s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

22 . Extremel y I nv e rse 5 0 He rtz T i me-Curre nt C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7

23 . Outl i ne a nd Pa nel Dr i l l i n g fo r Sem i - Fl u s h Mou nt i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

24 . Outl i ne a nd Pane l Dr i l l i n g fo r Su rface Mou n t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 84: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 85: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 86: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

..

,.

(10/93) (200)

..

Protection and Control Business Department

General Electric Company

205 Great Va l ley Parkway

Ma lvern, Pennsylvania 1 9355-1 337

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 87: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

TIME OVERCURRENT RELAYS

Types

I FC51A and 518

IFC53A and 538

I FC77A and 778

INSTRUCTIONS

GEK-45375J

GE Protection and Control 205 Great Valley Parkway Malvern, PA 19355- 1337 www .

Elec

tricalP

artM

anua

ls . c

om

Page 88: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-4537 5

CONTENTS

DESCR I PT I ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

APPLI CATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . · · · · . . · · · · · · · · · · 3

CONSTRUCTION • . • • . • . . . . • . . • . . . . . • • • • • . . . • . • . . . • . • . . . • • • . . . • . . . . • • . . . . . • . · 5

RATI NGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 T I M E OVERCURRENT U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND SEAL- I N U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 CONTAC TS • . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • . • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • . • • • • • • 8

BURDENS • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • . • . • . . • • • . • . • • . . • . • • • • • • • . . • • . . . • • • 9

CHARACTER IST I CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 T I M E OVERC U RRENT U N I T . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 H IG H- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND S EAL- I N UN IT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0

REC E I V I NG , HANDL I NG AND STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ACC EPTANCE TESTS • • . • • . • • . • . . . . . • . • • . . . . . . • • . . . • . . . • • . . . . . . • • . . • . . • • . . • • . 1 1 V I SUAL I NS PECTI O N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 M ECHAN ! CAL I NSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 DRAWOUT RELAY TESTI NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 GEN ERAL POW ER REQU I R EM ENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 T I M E OVERC U RRENT U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 H I GH- SE I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 H IG H- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND S EAL- I N U N I T • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

I NSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 I NSTALLAT I O N TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

PERIODIC CHEC KS AND ROUTI NE MAI NTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 T IME OVERC U RRENT U N I T . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 H I G H- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND S EAL- I N U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 CONTAC T C L EAN I NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 COVER CLEAN I NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 S YSTEM TEST • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • . • • • • • • • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 7 ,.,,

SERV I C I NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 T IME OVERC URR ENT U N I T . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTANEOUS U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 H I GH- SE I SM I C TARG ET AND SEAL- I N U N I T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9

RENEWAL PARTS • . . . • . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . • • . . • . . . • • . . . . . • . • • • • . • . • • • . . • • . . • . . • • 20

L I ST O F FI GU RES . • • . . • • . • • . . . . . • • . • • • . . . • . • . . • . . • . . • • . . • • . . . • • . . • • . . • . . • • 40

-2-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 89: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK- 45375

TIME OV E RCURRENT RELAYS TYPES

I FC 5 1 A and 5 1 8 I FC43A a nd 5 38 I FC77A a nd 778

DESC R I PTION

The type I FC re l ays cove red by t hese i n struc t i o n s a re extended range , s i n gl e phase , t i me overcu rrent re l ays . The va r i ous t i me- c u rrent c haracte r i s t i cs ava i l a b l e a re as fo l l ows :

I FC5 1 A , I FC 5 1 B - I nverse t i me I FC53A , I FC53B - Very i nverse t i me I FC77A , I FC77B - Extremel y i nverse t i me

The I FC5 1 B , 538 and 77B rel ays a l so i nc l u de a h i n ged - a rmatu re i n s t an t aneo u s overcu rrent u n i t , wh i c h prov i d es i ns ta nta neou s tr i p pi n g a t h i gh cu rre nt l eve l s . The i n stantaneo u s u n i t is not i nc l u ded i n t he I FC5 1 A , 5 3A or 77A re l ays . Bo th the t i me overcurre n t u n i t and the i ns ta nta neous overcu rre nt u n i t a re descr i b ed i n deta i l i n t he s ect i o n on CONSTRUCTI ON . Each rel ay i s equ i pped wi t h a d ua l - ra ted ta rget a nd seal - i n u n i t .

When semi fl u s h mo u n ted o n a s u i tab l e panel , these rel ays hav e a h i gh s e i smi c c a pab i l i ty , i nc l u d i n g bo th the ta rget seal - i n un i t a nd t h e i nsta nta neous overcu rren t u n i t when i t i s s u ppl i ed . Al so , t he s e re l ays a re reco g n i zed u nde r the Components P rogram of Und erwr i ters Labo ra to ri es , I nc .

The rel ay i s mo unted i n a s i ze C 1 d rawo u t ca se o f mol ded con s truct i on . The out l i ne a nd pa nel d r i l l i n g are s hown i n F i gures 2 3 a nd 24 . The re l ay i ntern a l connect i on s a re s h own i n F i gu re 4 for the I FC 5 1 A , 53A a nd 77A , a nd i n F i gu re 5 fo r the I FC5 1 B , 5 3B a nd 778 .

APPLICATION

Time overcu rrent rel ays a re u s ed exten s i ve l y for the protect i on of ut i l i ty and i nd u s t r i a l powe r d i s t r i but i on systems a nd fre quentl y fo r overl oad bac kup protec t i o n at o ther l oca t i ons . The E XT R E M E L Y I N V E RSE t i me cha rac te r s i s t i c s , Fi gures 1 0 a nd 22 , of the I FC77A a nd 7 78 re l ays are d es i gned pr imar i l y fo r u se where t hey a re req u i red to coord i nate rather c l o s el y wi th power fuses , d i s tr i bu t i on cuto u t s a nd rec l o s e rs . They a l so prov i d e max i mum to l e ra nce to a l l ow for co l d l oad p i c kup s uc h a s res u l ts from an extended serv i ce o utage , wh i c h res u l t s i n a heavy accumul a t i o n of l oads of au tomat i c a l l y control l ed dev i ce s s uch a s refr i gera tors , wa ter heaters , wa te r pumps , o i l b u rners , e tc . Such l oad ac cumu l a t i ons often produ ce i n ru s h c urre n t s con s i dera b l y i n exces s o f feeder fu l l l oad c u rrent for a s h o rt t i me a fter t he feede r i s energ i z ed .

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible cantingencw to be met in connection with installation, operat i on or main tenance . Should

further informa ti on be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered suffi ciently for the purchaser ' s purposes, the ma t ter should be referred t o the General Electric Companw .

To the e>ttent required the products described herein meet applicable ANSI, IEEE and Nl:IIA standarcb1 but no such ass urance is given with respect to local codes and ordinances because they vary greatly .

- 3 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 90: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

The EXTREMELY I NV ERS E t i me c h a rac ter i st i c o ften perm i ts succe ss fu l p i c k u p o f these l oa d s a n d a t the same t i me prov i d es adequate fau l t p ro tec t i on .

The V ERY I NV ERS E t i me cha rac ter i st i c s , Fi gu res 7 and 2 1 , o f t he I FC53A and 538 rel ays a re l i k e ly to prov i d e fa ste r overa l l p ro tec t i o n i n app l i c a t i o n s where the ava i l ab l e fau l t cu rrent magn i tude rema i n s fa i r l y c o n s ta n t d u e to a re l a t i v e l y consta nt gene ra t i n g capac i ty . T h e v a r i a t i o n i n the ma g n i tu de o f fau l t cu rrent th ro u gh the rel ay i s t here fore ma i n l y dependent upon the l oc a t i o n of the fau l t with re spec t to th e re l ay .

The I NVERSE t i me ov ercu rrent c h a rac ter i s t i c s , F i gu re s 6 a n d 20 , o f t he I FC5 1A a nd 5 18 rel ays te nd to ma ke the rel ay opera t i n g t i me l e s s depend e n t u pon the mag n i tude o f the fau l t cu rrent than i n the ca s e o f VERY I NV ERSE and EXTREM E L Y I NVERS E dev i ces . Fo r th i s rea so n , I NVERSE type re l ays a re l i k e l y to prov i d e fa s ter overa l l protec t i o n i n a pp l i cat i o n s where the ava i l ab l e fau l t cu rrent ma g n i tudes v a ry s i g n i fi c a ntl y as a resu l t o f frequent changes i n the sou rc e i mpedance due to sys tem l oad i n g and sw i tc h i n g .

The u s u a l a ppl i c a t i o n o f these rel ays re q u i res t h ree re l ays fo r mu l t i p h a se fau l t pro tect i o n , one per pha s e , and a separa te re l ay res i d ua l l y c o n n ec ted fo r s i n g l e - p h a se - to - g rou nd fau l ts . Typ i c a l exte rn a l connec t i o ns fo r th i s a pp l i ­cat i o n a re s hown i n F i gu re 9 . U s e o f a separa te ground re l ay i s advan tageou s b ec au se i t can be set to prov i d e more sen s i t i v e pro tec t i o n aga i n s t gro u nd fau l ts .

I n the a pp l i c at i on o f these re l ays w i th down s t ream au toma t i c rec l o s i n g dev i ce s , the re l ay re set t i me s hou l d be con s i dered . Th i s i s t he t i me requ i red fo r the re l ay to go from the contac ts - fu l l y-c l o sed pos i t i o n to the fu l l y-o pen po s i t i on when set a t the numbe r 10 t i me d i a l . At l ower t i me d i a l s e tt i ngs the rese t t imes a re pro port i o n a te l y l owe r . The re set t i me of a l l V ERY I NVERSE a nd EXTR EMELY I NV ERS E rel ays i s a pp rox i ma te l y 60 s econd s . The re set t i me o f a l l I NVERSE rel ays cove red by these i n stru c t i o n s i s approx i ma te l y 1 2 sec o nd s .

W hen s e tt i n g these rel ays to coord i na te w i t h d own s t ream re l ays , a coo rd i nat i o n t i me o f from 0 . 25 to 0 . 4 0 sec onds i s gen e ra l l y a l l owed , depend i n g o n the c l ea r i n g t i me o f t he b reaker i nvo l ved and how acc u ra te l y t he re l ay t i me can be e s t i ma ted . These coo rd i na t i o n t i mes i nc l u d e , i n add i t i o n to b re a ke r c l e a r i n g t i me , 0 . 10 s econds fo r rel ay overtrav e l a n d 0 . 1 7 seconds fo r s a fe ty fac to r . Fo r examp l e , i f the b reaker c l e a r i n g t i me i s 0 . 1 3 second s ( 8 cyc l e s ) , t he coo rd i na t i on t i me wou l d b e 0 . 40 s econd s ( 0 . 1 3 + 0 . 1 0 + 0 . 1 7 ) . I f the re l ay t i me i s set fo r the spec i fi c c u rren t l eve l a t the s i te , and i f i t h a s b een te s ted , the sa fe ty factor may be reduced to 0 . 07 s ec o nd s . Then i f the down stream b reaker t i me i s 5 cyc l e s ( 0 . 08 second s ) , a m i n i mum o f 0 . 25 sec o nd s ( 0 . 08 + 0 . 1 0 + 0 . 07 ) cou l d b e a l l owed for coord i na t i o n . I f re l ay coord i na t i o n t imes a re ma rg i na l o r i mposs i b l e to obta i n , u se t h e re l ay overtra v e l c u rv e s o f F i gu re s 10 , 1 1 o r 1 2 t o refi ne the re l ay sett i ng s . F i rst de term i ne the rel ay o pera t i n g t i me necessa ry to j u s t ma tc h the o pe ra t i n g t i me of the down s t ream re l ay w i th wh i c h coord i na t i o n i s de s i red . De term i ne t he mu l t i p l e o f p i c k u p a nd t h e necessa ry t i me d i a l s e tt i n g to prov i d e th i s rel ay opera t i n g t i me . U s e t h e a ppropr i a te cu rv e o f F i gure 1 0 , 1 1 o r 1 2 t o determ i ne the overtravel t i me i n percent o f opera t i ng t i me , and covert th i s i n to rea l t ime . Add th i s t i me to t he breaker t i me and the s a fe ty fac to r t i me a nd the or i g i n a l re l ay opera t i n g t i me to dete rm i n e the fi n a l re l ay opera t i n g t i me . Set the rel ay to th i s v a l u e .

- 4-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 91: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

Once the cu rrent i n the rel ay o pe ra t i n g co i l i s c ut o ff , the rel ay contacts \'Ji l l o pe n i n a ppro x i ma tel y 6 cyc l es ( 0 . 1 second ) wi th n o rmal adj u s tment o f c ontac t wi pe . Th i s perm i ts t h e u se o f t h e rel ay i n conjunct i on wi th i nsta nta neous rec l os i n g sc hemes wi t hout r i s k o f a fa l se retr i p when the c i rc u i t brea ker i s recl o s ed on a c i rcu i t from w h i ch a faul t has j u s t been c l eared .

The i nsta ntaneous overcurre nt un i t pre s e nt i n t he I FC5 1 8 , 5 38 a nd 7 7 8 re l ays has a trans i e n t overeach c ha racter i st i c a s i l l u s t ra ted i n Fi gu re 1 3 . Th i s i s the res u l t o f the DC o ffset that i s u s ua l l y pre s ent i n t h e l i ne curre nt a t the i ncept i on of a faul t . W hen dete rmi n i n g the p i c k u p s e tt i n g fo r t h i s u n i t , the tra n s i ent overrea c h mus t be ta ke n i n to con s i d e ra t i on . The pe rce n t trans i e nt overreac h s hou l d be a pp l i ed to i nc rease the cal cu l ated p i c k u p s e tt i n g pro po rti ona tel y s o t hat the i nsta nta neous u n i t wi l l n o t ove rreac h a down s tream d e v i c e and there by c a u s e a l o s s o f c oord i na t i o n i n the system pro tect i o n s c heme . The o pe ra t i n g ti me c h a racter i s t i cs of th i s u n i t are s hown i n F i gure 14 .

CONSTRUCTION

The I FC i nd uct i o n d i s k re l ays con s i s t of a mol ded c a s e , cover , s u ppo rt structure a s sembl y , a nd a co nnect i o n pl ug to ma ke u p the e l ectri c a l co nnect i on . See C o v e r Fi gure and Fi gures 1 , 2 , 3 a nd 1 9 . Fi gu res 2 a n d 3 s how the i nd u ct i on un i t mounted to the mol d ed s uppo rt structu re . Th i s d i s k i s act i va ted by a cu rrent-opera t i n g co i l mou n ted o n e i ther a l ami nated EE- o r a U-Magnet . The d i s k a nd s h aft a s sembl y c a r ri es a mov i n g contac t , w h i c h c om pl e te s t h e a l a rm o r tri p c i rc u i t when i t to uches a sta ti o na ry contact . The d i s k assembl y i s re stra i ned by a s p i ra l s pr i ng to g i ve the prope r contact c l o s i n g cu rrent . I ts rota t i o n i s reta rded by a permanent magnet moun ted i n a mol d ed hou s i n g on the s u ppo rt struct u re .

The d rawout connect i on/test system fo r the C 1 c ase , s hown i n Fi gure 1 9 , h as p ro v i s i on s for 14 connect i on po i n ts , a nd a v i s i bl e CT s horti n g bar l ocated up front . As the connect i on pl u g i s w i th drawn , i t c l ears the s ho rte r contact fi n gers i n t he o u tput contact c i rc u i ts fi r s t . Thu s , the tri p c i rc u i t i s o pe ned befo re a ny othe r c i rcu i t s are d i s con nected . Next , cu rre nt c i rc u i t fi ngers o n the ca se connect i on b l oc k en gage the s ho rt i n g b a r ( l oca ted a t the l owe r front o f the c ase ) to s ho rt-c i rcu i t extern a l c u r re nt tra n s fo rmer s econda ry con nect i ons . The wi nd ow pro v i d e s v i s u a l con fi rmati on o f CT s ho rti n g . The connec t i on p l ug then cl ears the cu rre nt c i rc u i t contact fi ngers o n t he ca se a nd fi n a l l y those on t he rel ay s u pport struct u re , to de- ener gi ze the drawout el ement compl etel y .

There i s a H i gh-Se i sm i c ta rget a nd seal - i n u n i t moun ted on t h e front to the l eft o f the s haft o f the t i m e o vercu rren t u n i t ( s ee Fi gure 1 ) . The sea l - i n u n i t has i t s co i l i n s e r i es a nd i t s contac t s i n pa ra l l el wi th the contac t s of t he t i me ov ercu rren t u n i t , s uch t hat when t he i nducti on u n i t contac ts c l ose , the sea l - i n un i t p i c ks u p a nd se a l s i n . When the seal - i n un i t p i c ks u p , i t ra i se s a target i n to v i ew , wh i ch l a tc he s u p a n d rema i n s expo s ed unt i l rel eased by pres s i ng a re set bu t to n l ocated o n t h e uppe r l e ft s i d e o f the cove r .

-5-

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 92: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

The I FC 11 8 11 mode l re l ays , i n add i t i on to the above , conta i n a h i g h - se i sm i c i nstantaneou s u n i t ( see F i gure 1 ) . The i nstantaneou s u n i t i s a sma l l h i nged­type u n i t wh i ch i s mounted on the front to the r i ght of the shaft of the t i me overcurrent un i t . Its contacts are normal ly connected i n paral l e l wi th the contacts of the t i me overcurrent u n i t , and i ts co i l i s connected i n ser i e s wi th the t i me overcurrent u n i t . When the i nstantaneou s u n i t p i cks up , i t rai ses a target wh i ch l atches up and remai ns exposed unt i l i t i s re l eased . The s ame reset button that re 1 eases the target sea 1 - i n u n i t a 1 so re 1 eases the target of the i nstantaneou s u n i t .

A magnet i c sh i e l d , depi cted i n F i gure 1 , i s mounted t o the support structu re of i nverse and very i nverse t i me overcurrent I FC re l ays ( I FC 5 1 and I FC53 ) , to e l i m i nate the prox i m i ty effect of external magnet i c materi al s .

Both t h e H i g h - Se i smi c target and seal - i n u n i t and the H i g h - Se i sm i c i nstantaneou s uni t have the l etters 11 H i -G 11 mo l ded i nto the i r target b l ocks to d i st i ngu i sh them as H i gh-Se i sm i c u n i ts . Sei smi c Frag i l i ty Leve l exceed s peak ax i al acce l erat i on of 1og • s ( 4g ZPA) when tested u s i ng a b i ax i al mu l t i ­frequency i nput mot i on to produce a Requ i red Response Spectrum ( RRS ) i n accordance w i t h the I E E E Proposed Gu i de for Sei sm i c Test i ng of Re l ays , P 50 1 , M ay , 197 7 .

RATINGS

The rel ays are desi gned for operat i on i n an amb i ent a i r temperature from - 200C to +55 ° C .

T IME OVERCURRENT UN IT

Ranges for the t i me overcurrent u n i t are shown in Tab l e I .

Rel ay

I FC51A & B I FC53A & B I FC77A & B

TABLE I

Frequency (Hertz)

50 and 60

Current Range (Amperes)

0 . 5 - 4 . 0 1 . 0 - 12 . 0

The current taps are sel ected w i t h two s l i d i ng tap screws o n a n a l phabet i ca l l y l abel ed t ap b l ock .

The tap screw sett i ngs are as l i sted i n Tabl e I I , on page 20 , for each mode l o f re l ay and tap range .

The one-second thermal rat i ngs are l i sted i n Tabl e I I I .

-6-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 93: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

I

GEK-45375

TABLE I I I

Mod el Ti me Overc u rre n t Un i t One Second Ra t i n g Any Ta p K ( Ampere s ) ( Ampere s )

I FC 5 1 0 . 5 - 4 . 0 1 28 1 6 384 1 . 0 - 1 2 . 0 2 6 0 67600

I FC 53 0 . 5 - 4 . 0 1 4 0 1 9 600 1 . 0 - 1 2 .0 260 67600

I FC77 0 . 5 - 4 . 0 84 7056 1 . 0 - 1 2 . 0 220 48400 II

I'

Ra t i n g s l e s s than one second may be c a l c u l a ted accord i ng to the fo rmu l a

I = J K/T , where T i s t he t i me i n s econd s that the cu rrent fl ows .

Th e cont i nuous ra t i n g s fo r the t i me overc u rre n t u n i t a re s hown i n Ta b l e s I V a n d V .

TAB L E I V 0 . 5 - 4 . 0 Ampere Ra nge Ra t i n g s

Ta p Mod el 0 . 5 0 . 6 0 . 7 0 .8 1 . 0 1 . 2 1 . 5 2 . 0 2 . 5 3 . 0 4 . 0

I FC 5 1 1 . 6 1 . 8 2 . 0 2 . 1 2 . 3 2 . 7 3 . 0 3 . 5 4 . 0 4 . 5 5 . 0 :. I FC 53 3 . 8 4 . 0 4 . 2 4 . 4 4 . 7 5 . 0 5 . 3 5 .8 6 . 2 6 . 6 7 . 1 iii FC 77 2 . 5 2 . 7 3 . 0 3 . 2 3 . 6 4 . 0 4 . 5 5 . 2 5 . 9 6 . 5 7 . 5

TABLE V 1 . 0 - 1 2 . 0 Ampere Ra nge Ra t i n g s

Ta p Mod e l 1 . 0 1 . 2 1 . 5 2 . 0 2 . 5 3 . 0 4 . 0 5 . 0 6 . 0 7 . 0 8 . 0 1 0 . 0 1 2 . oi : I FC 5 1 3 . 7 4 . 1 4 . 6 5 . 3 6 . 0 6 . 5 7 . 6 8 . 5 9 . 3 1 0 . 0 10 . 8 1 2 . 1 1 3 . 2 I FC 53 6 . 8 7 . 1 7 . 7 8 . 3 8 . 8 9 . 4 1 0 . 3 1 1 . 0 1 1 . 6 1 2 . 4 1 2 . 6 1 3 . 5 1 4 . 4 , I FC77 5 . 8 6 .4 7 . 2 8 . 4 9 .4 1 0 .4 1 2 . 1 1 3 . 6 1 5 . 1 1 6 .4 1 7 . 6 1 9 . 8 2 1 . 8

H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOUS U N I T

T h e i n sta nta neou s co i l i s tapped fo r opera t i o n o n e i th e r one o f two ranges ( H o r L ) . Se l ec t i o n o f the h i gh o r l ow range i s determ i ned by t he po s i t i o n o f the l i n k l oc ated on t h e to p o f the s u pport stru c tu re ( see Fi g u re 2 a nd Ta b l e V I ) .

- 7-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 94: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

TAB LE V I

One H i gh-Se i smi c Cont i nuous Second I nstantaneou s Li nk Range Rat i ng Rat i ng

U n i t (Amps) Pos i t i on (Amps ) (Amp s ) (Amp s ) K

2 - 50 L 2 - 10 2 . 7 1 30 1 6 , 900 H 10 - 50 7 . 5

6 - 1 50 L 6 - 30 10 . 2 260 67 , 600 H 30 - 1 50 19 . 6

The range i s approx i mate , wh i ch means that the 2-10 , 10-50 may b e 2-8 , 8-50 . There wi 1 1 al ways be at 1 east one ampere overl ap between the max i mum L sett i ng and the m i n i mum H sett i ng . Whenever poss i b l e , be sure to sel ect the h i gher range , s i nce it has the h i gher cont i nuous rat i ng .

H i g her currents may be app l i ed for shorter l engths of t i me i n accordance wi th the formu l a :

I = v'K/T

S i nce the i nstantaneou s u n i t coi l i s i n ser i es wi th the t i me overcurrent u n i t coi l , see Tabl e s I I I , I V , V and V I to determi ne the current- l i mi t i ng e l ement for both cont i nuous and short-time rat i ngs .

H I GH-S E I SM I C TARGET AND SEAL- I N UN IT

Rat i ng s for the target and seal - i n u n i t are shown in Tab l e V I I .

TAB LE V I I

DC Res i stance � 10% (ohms ) M i n . Operat i ng (Amps) +0 -60% Carry Cont i nuous (Amperes ) Carry 30 Amps for ( sec . ) Carry 10 Amps for ( s ec . ) 60 Hz Impedance (ohms )

0 . 2

8 . 0 0 . 2 0 . 3 0 . 03 0 . 25 68 . 6

Tap 2

0 . 24 2 . 0 3 4 30 0 . 73

I f the tr i pp i ng current exceed s 30 amperes , an aux i l i ary re l ay shou l d be u sed , the connect i ons bei ng such that the tri pp i ng current does not pass through the contacts or the target and seal - i n coi l s of the protect i ve re l ay .

CONTACTS

The current-cl os i ng rat i ng of the contacts i s 30 amperes for vol tages not exceed i ng 250 vo l t s . The current-carryi ng rat i ng i s l i mi ted by the rat i ng s of the seal - i n u n i t .

-8-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 95: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

BURDENS

Burdens for the t ime overcurrent uni t are g i ven i n Tab l e V I I I .

TABLE V I I I

M in Burdens at Mi n . Burdens in Ohms Tap P i ckup Mi n . Tap (Z) Times Pi ckup

Model Hz Range AmQS (Ohms) R Jx z 3 10 20

I FC51 60 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 5 . 43 21 . 53 22 . 20 1 2 . 55 5 . 14 3 . 29 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 . 0 1 . 47 5 . 34 5 . 54 3 . 09 1 . 28 0 . 82

I FC53 60 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 52 4 . 23 4 . 50 4 . 47 3 . 10 1 .93 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 . 0 0 . 38 1 . 06 1 . 13 1 . 11 0 . 78 0 . 49

I FC77 60 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0. 5 1 . 55 2 . 36 2 . 82 2 . 86 2 .93 2 . 76 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 .0 0 . 59 0 . 43 0 . 73 0 . 74 0 . 75 0 . 70

IFC51 50 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 4 . 53 17 .95 18. 50 1 1 . 45 4 . 28 2 . 70 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 .0 1 . 22 4 . 45 4 . 62 2 . 58 1 . 07 0 . 68

I FC53 50 0 . 5- 4 . 0 0 . 5 1 . 27 3 . 52 3 . 75 3 . 72 2 . 58 1 . 61 1 . 0-12 . 0 1 . 0 0 . 32 0 . 88 0 .94 0 .93 0 . 65 0 . 41

I FC77 50 0 . 5- 4 .0 0 . 5 1 . 29 1 .97 2 . 35 2 . 38 2 . 44 2 . 30 1 . 0- 1 2 . 0 1 . 0 0 . 49 0 . 36 0 . 61 0 . 62 0 . 63 0 . 58

Note : The impedance values g i ven are those for mi nimum tap of each range ; the impedance for other tap s at p i ckup current (tap rat i ng) vari es i nversely ( approximately) as the square of the tap rat i ng . For examp l e , an I FC77 60 Hz rel ay with 0 . 5 - 4 . 0 amp range has an impedance of 2 . 82 ohms on the 0 . 5 amp tap . The impedance of the 2 . 0 amp tap i s ( 0 . 5/2 . 0) 2 x 2 . 82 =

0 . 176 ohms .

The H i gh-Sei smic i nstantaneous uni t burdens are l i sted i n Tabl e I X .

TABLE IX

H igh- Min . Burdens at Mi n . Burdens i n Ohms Sei smic P i ck- Pi ckup Mi n . Tap (Z) Times Pi ckup I nst . Hz Li nk Range up {Ohms ) Uni t Pos i - {Amps) Amps

(AmQs) t ion R Jx z 3 10 20

2-50 60 L 2-10 2 0 . 750 0 . 650 0 . 982 0 . 634 0 . 480 0 . 457 H 10-50 10 0 . 070 0 . 024 0 . 079 0 . 072 0 . 07 1 0 . 070

6- 150 60 L 6-30 6 0 . 1 10 0 . 078 0 . 135 0 . 095 0 . 081 0 . 079 H 30-150 30 0 . 022 0 . 005 0 . 023 0 . 022 0 . 022 0 . 022

2-50 50 L 2-10 2 0 . 625 0 . 542 0 . 827 0 . 528 0 . 400 0 . 380 H 10-50 10 0 . 058 0 . 020 0 . 062 0 . 060 0 . 059 0 . 058

6-150 50 L 6-30 6 0 . 092 0 . 065 0 . 112 0 . 079 0 . 068 0 . 066 H 30-150 30 0 . 018 0 . 004 0 . 019 0 . 018 0 . 018 0 . 018

9 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 96: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

CHARACTER I ST I CS

TIME OVERCURR ENT U N I T

P i ckup

P i c k u p i n these rel ays i s d e fi ned as the c u rre n t requ i red to c l o se the contacts from the 0 . 5 t i me d i a l po s i t i o n . Cu rren t sett i ngs are made by mea n s o f two movab l e l ea d s wh i c h connec t to the t a p b l o c k at t h e to p o f t h e s u p po rt s t ru c tu r e ( see F i gu re 1 ) . The ta p b l oc k i s ma rked A th rou gh J , A through M o r A t h rou gh N . S e e the namep l ate on the re l ay fo r ta p sett i n g s .

E xampl e : Th e 2 amp ta p fo r a 1 to 1 2 I FC77 t i me overc u rre nt rel ay re q u i re s one movab l e l ead i n po s i t i on D and the other in pos i t i o n H .

Ope ra t i ng T i me Ac c u racy

The I FC re l ays s h ou l d opera te w i t h i n � 7 % o r � the t i me d i a l sett i n g t ime s 0 . 1 0 second , wh i c hever i s g rea te r , o f the pub l i s hed t i me cu rv e . F i gu re s 6-8 a nd 20- 2 2 s how the v a r i o u s t i me-c u rren t c h a ra c te r i s t i c s fo r the I FC rel ays . The sett i n g o f the t i me d i a l determ i ne s the l e ngth o f t i me requ i red to c l o s e t he contacts fo r a g i ven c u rren t . T h e h i g her the t i me d i a l sett i n g , th e l o nger the opera t i n g t i me .

The conta c ts a re j u s t c l o sed when the t i me d i a l i s s e t to 0 . The ma x i mum t i me sett i n g occu rs when the t i me d i a l i s set to 1 0 and t he d i s k ha s to travel i ts ma x i mum d i s ta n c e to c l o se the contac ts .

Re set --The u n i t re sets at 90% o f the m 1 n 1 mum c l o s i n g c u rren t . Re set t i me s a re proport i o n a te to the t i me d i a l sett i n g s . The t i me to re set to the n umb er 10 t i me d i a l pos i t i o n when the c u rrent i s red u c ed to 0 i s a pp ro x i ma te l y 60 s econds fo r the I FC53 a n d 77 re l ays . The I FC 5 1 re l ay w i l l re set i n a p p ro x i ma te l y 1 2 second s from th e same numb e r 1 0 t i me d i a l .

H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTAN TAN EOUS U N I T

The i n s ta n ta neou s u n i t h a s a 25 to 1 ra nge w i th a ta pped co i l . There a re h i g h and l ow range s , se l ec ted by mean s o f a l i n k l o cated o n the top o f the s u ppo rt s t ru c tu re . See F i g u re 1 . The t i me- c u rrent cu rve fo r the i n sta nta neou s u n i t i s s hown i n Fi gu re 14 .

H I GH- S E I SM I C TARG ET AND SEAL- I N U N I T

The ta rget and se a l - i n u n i t h a s two ta p se l ec t i o n s l oc a ted on t h e fro nt o f the u n i t . See Fi gu re 1 .

REC E I V I NG , HANDL I NG AND STORAGE

The s e re l ays , when not i nc l uded a s part o f a contro l pane l , w i l l be s h i pped i n c a rto n s d e s i g ned to pro tec t them aga i n s t dama g e . Immed i a te l y upon rec e i pt o f

- 1 0 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 97: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

G E K- 45 375

a rel ay , exami ne i t for any damage s u sta i ned i n t ran s i t . I f i nj u ry or damage re s ul t i n g from rough hand l i n g i s ev i d ent , fi l e a d amage c l a i m at once wi t h the tran s porta t i on company and prom pt l y not i fy the nea re s t Gen e ra 1 E l ectr i c Sa l es Offi ce .

Reasonab l e care s hou l d be e xe rc i sed i n u n pac k i n g the re l ay i n o rder that none of the pa rts a re i nj u red or t he adj u stmen ts d i s tu rbed .

I f the re l ays are not to be i n sta l l ed i mmed i atel y , t hey s hou l d be sto red i n the i r or i g i nal ca rtons i n a pl ace t ha t i s free from mo i s tu re , d u s t and meta l l i c c h i ps . Fo re i gn matter co l l ected o n the out s i d e o f the case may fi nd i t s way i n s i de when the cover i s removed , and c a u s e tro u b l e i n the o pe ra t i o n o f t h e re l ay .

ACC E PTANCE TESTS

I mmed i a tel y u pon rece i pt o f t he re l ay , a n i ns pect i o n and accept ance te s t s hou l d b e mad e to i ns u re t h at no d amage h as b e e n s usta i ned i n s h i pment a nd t ha t the rel ay c a l i b rat i o n s have not been d i stu rbed . I f the exami na t i on o r test i nd i c ates that readj u s tme nt i s n ec e s s a ry , re fe r to t h e sect i o n o n SERV I C ING .

These tests may be pe rfo rmed a s pa r t o f the i n sta l l at i o n o r o f the accepta nce te s ts , at t he d i s c ret i o n of t he u ser .

S i nce mos t o pe ra t i n g compa n i e s u s e d i ffe re nt procedures fo r acc epta nce a nd i n s ta l l a t i on tests , the fo l l owi n g s ect i o n i nc l u des a l l a pp l i ca bl e te s t s t hat may be perfo rmed o n t hese rel ays .

V I S U AL I NS P ECTION

Check the namepl ate stam p i n g to i ns u re that the mod el numbe r , ra t i n g and c a l i brat i on range of t he rel ay rec e i ved a g ree w i t h the requ i s i t i on .

Remove t h e re l ay from i t s case a nd check by v i s ua l i ns pec t i on that there a re no b ro ken or c rac ked mol ded pa rts or other s i gns o f p hys i ca l damag e .

MECHAN I CAL I NS P ECT I ON

1 . There s hou l d be no not i ceab l e fri c t i o n when the d i s k i s ro tated sl owl y c l oc kw i se . The d i s k s ho u l d return by i ts e l f to i ts re st po s i t i on .

2 . Ma ke s u re the con tro l s pr i n g i s not d efo rmed , n o r i t s convo l u t i o n s tang l ed or to u ch i n g each ot her .

3 . The a rmatu re a nd contac t s o f the sea l - i n u n i t , a s we l l a s the a rmature a n d c ontacts o f t he i n stantaneo u s u n i t , s ho u l d move freel y w hen o pe ra ted by h a nd ; there s hou l d be at l ea s t 1 /64 11 w i pe on the sea l - i n a nd t h e i n stantaneo u s contacts .

4 . The targets i n t he seal - i n u n i t and i n t he i ns ta ntaneous u n i t must come i n to v i ew and l atch when the a rma tu re s a re o pe ra ted by hand and s h (!J u l d un l atch when the ta rget re l ea s e butto n i s o pe ra ted .

- 1 1-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 98: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK- 45 37 5

5 . Ma ke s u re t h at the brus hes a nd sho rti n g bars agree w i t h the i nterna l c o n n ec t i o n s d i a g ram .

6 . C hec k that a l l s c rews a re t i ght .

CAUT I ON S HOULD THERE B E A NEED TO T I GHTEN AN Y SC REWS , DO NOT OVERT I GHTE N , TO PREV E NT STR I PP I NG .

DRAWOUT R ELAY TEST ING

The I FC rel ays may be te s ted w i thout remo v i n g them from the pa nel by u s i n g the 1 2XCA1 1A1 fo u r- po i n t te s t p ro bes . The 1 2 XCA1 1 A2 fo u r- po i n t tes t pro b e rna kes connec t i o n s to both the re l ay a nd the exte rn a l c i rc u i try , wh i c h prov i d es ma x i mum fl e x i b i l i ty b u t requ i re s rea sona b l e ca re , s i nc e a CT s h o rti n g j um pe r i s nec e s s a ry when tes t i n g the re l ay . T h e CT c i rc u i t may a l so b e te sted by u s i n g an ammeter i n stead of the s h o rt i ng j umper . S ee the te st c i rc u i t i n F i g u re 1 5 .

GENERAL POWE R REQU I R EMENTS

Al l a l te rna t i n g cu rre nt ( AC ) o pe ra ted d ev i ces a re a ffec ted by fre que ncy . S i nce non- s i n u so i da l wav e forms c a n be a na l yz ed a s a fu ndament a l frequency pl u s harmo n i cs o f t h e fu nd amental fre que ncy , i t fo l l ows that AC d ev i ce s ( re l ays ) w i l l b e a ffected by the a pp l i ed wav efo rm . Therefore , i n o rder to p ro perl y tes t AC re l ays i t i s e s se n t i a l to use a s i ne wa ve o f cu rre nt a nd / o r vo l ta ge . The pu r i ty o f t h e s i ne wave ( i . e . , i ts freedom from ha rmo n i c s ) c a nnot b e expres sed a s a fi n i te numbe r fo r a ny pa rt i cu l ar rel ay ; howeve r , a ny re l ay u s i n g tu ned c i rc u i ts , R- L o r RC networks , or s a t u ra t i n g e l ec tromagnets ( s uc h a s t i me ove rc u rre nt re l ays ) wou l d be e s s e nt i a l l y a f fec ted b y non- s i n u so i d a l wave fo rms . H e n c e a re s i s tance- l i m i ted c i rcu i t , a s s hown i n F i g u re s 1 6- 18 , i s recommended .

T I ME OVERCU RRENT U N I T

Rotate the t i me d i a l s l owl y a nd check b y mea ns of a l amp t h at t h e conta c t s j u s t c l o s e a t t he 0 t i me d i a l s e tt i n g .

The po i nt a t wh i c h the contacts j u s t cl o s e c a n be a d j u s ted by run n i n g the sta t i onary c ontact bru s h i n or o ut by mean s of i ts adj u st i n g s c rew .

W i th the co ntac t s j u s t c l os i n g at No . 0 t i me sett i n g , t h e re s hou l d be s u ffi c i ent ga p between t h e stat i o nary conta c t brus h a n d i ts meta l b ac k i n g str i p to e n s u re appro x i matel y 1 / 3 2 " w i pe .

The m i n i mum c u rrent a t wh i ch t he contac ts wi l l j u s t c l o s e i s determi ned by the ta p sett i n g i n t h e ta p b l oc k at the to p of the s u p po rt struct u re . See CHARACTERISTICS s ec t i on .

The p i c ku p o f the t ime ove rc u rre nt u n i t fo r a ny c u rrent t a p sett i n g i s adj u s ted by mean s o f a s pr i n g-adj u st i n g r i n g . S ee F i g u re 1 . The s pr i n g-

- 1 2-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 99: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

adju s t i ng r i ng e i t her w i nd s or u nw i nd s t he s p i ra l contro l s pr i n g ( see F i gu re 1 ) . By tu rn i n g the r i ng , the o pera t i n g cu rre n t o f the u n i t may b e b rou ght i n to ag reemen t w i th t he tap sett i ng empl oyed , i f th i s adjus tment ha s been d i s tu rb ed . Th i s adju s tmen t a l so perm i ts a ny des i red sett i n g i n te rmed i a te between the v a r i o u s ta p sett i ng s to b e obta i ned . I f s u c h adju s tment i s requ i red , i t i s recommended that the h i g her ta p be u sed . I t s hou l d be no ted that the rel ay w i l l not nece s sar i l y a gree w i th the t i me cu rre n t c h a ra c te r i s t i c s o f Fi g u re s 6 -8 a n d 2 0 - 2 2 i f t h e re l ay h a s b een adju sted to p i c k up at a v a l u e other than tap va l u e , because t he to rque l ev e l o f the re l ay h a s been changed .

T i me Sett i ng

The s e tt i n g o f the t i me d i a l determ i n e s the l ength o f t i me the u n i t req u i re s t o c l o se the contacts when t h e cu rrent reache s a predeterm i ned v a l u e . The contac ts a re j u s t c l o sed wh en the t i me d i a l i s set o n 0 . When the t i me d i a l i s set o n 10 , the d i s k mu s t trav el the max i mum amou nt to c l o se the c o n tac ts a nd there fo re th i s sett i n g g i ves the max i mum t i me s e tt i ng .

The p r i ma ry adju s tment fo r the t i me o f opera t i o n o f the un i t i s made by mea n s o f t h e t i me d i a l . Howev e r , fu rther adju stment i s obta i ned b y mov i n g the permanent magnet a l ong i ts su pport i ng s he l f ; mov i ng the magnet towa rd the d i s k and s haft dec re a se s the t i me , wh i l e mov i n g i t away i nc reases the t i me .

P i ckup Te s t

S e t t h e re l ay a t 0 . 5 t i me d i a l pos i t i o n a nd t h e l owe st ta p . U s i n g t h e test connec t i on s i n F i gu r e 1 6 , the ma i n u n i t shou l d c l o se the contacts w i th i n � 3% o f ta p va l u e cu rren t fo r 60 Hz re l ays and w i th i n � 7 . 5 % o f tap va l u e cu rre n t fo r 5 0 H z re l ays .

T i me Te st

Set the re l ay at No . 5 t i me d i a l s e tt i n g and the l owe st ta p . U s i n g the te st connec t i on s in F i gu re 1 6 , a pp ly five t i mes ta p cu rrent to the re l ay . The rel ay opera t i n g t i me to c l o se i t s contac t is l i s ted i n Ta b l e X .

Rel ay

I FC 5 1 I FC 53 I FC77

H I GH- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOU S U N I T

TAB L E X

Hz

50 and 60 50 and 60 50 and 60

T i me Mi n . 1 . 7 6 1 . 28 0 . 8 9

( second s ) Ma x . 1 . 8 0 1 . 34 0 . 95

Ma ke s u re that the i n sta nta neou s u n i t l i n k i s i n the correc t pos i t i o n fo r the range in wh i c h i t i s to ope ra te . See the I n ternal Connect i o n s D i ag ram , F i gu re 5 , and connect a s i n d i c a ted i n the te st c i rc u i t o f F i g u re 1 7 . When ev er po s s i b l e , u se the h i gher range , s i nce the h i gher range has a h i g her cont i nu o u s ra t i ng .

- 1 3-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 100: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

G EK- 45375

Sett i ng the H i gh-Se i smi c I n stantaneo u s Un i t

The i n stantaneo u s u n i t has an adju stab l e c o re l oca ted a t the to p o f t h e u n i t a s s hown i n F i g u re 1 . To set the i ns ta nta neous u n i t to a d e s i red p i c ku p , l oo s en t he l oc knut a nd adj u s t t he c o re . Turn i n g t h e c o re c l o c kw i s e dec rea s e s t h e pi c ku p ; turn i n g t h e core counterc l ockw i se i nc reases the p i c ku p . B r i n g u p t he cu rrent s l owl y u n t i l t he u n i t p i c ks u p . I t may b e n ec e s s a ry to re pea t th i s o pe ra t i o n un t i l t he des i red p i c ku p v a l ue i s obta i ned . Once the d es i red p i c k u p v a l ue is reac hed , t i g h ten t he l oc kn u t .

CAUTION REFER TO TAB L E V I FOR THE CONT I NUOUS AND ONE- SECOND RAT I NGS O F TH E I NSTANTANEOUS U N I T . DO NOT EXC E E D THESE RAT I NGS WH E N APP L Y I NG CU RRENT TO THE I NSTAN TANEOUS U N I T .

The ran ge o f the i n stantaneo u s u n i t ( s ee Ta b l e V I ) co re po s i t i on o f 1 /8 o f a turn from ful l cou n terc l o c kw i se from t he fu l l c l oc kwi s e po s i t i on . the fu l l c l ockw i s e po s i t i on .

must be o bta i ned be tween a c l ockwi s e a nd 2 0 tu rn s Do no t 1 eave the c o re i n

H I GH- S E I S M I C TARG ET AN D S EAL- I N U N I T

The ta rget a nd seal - i n u n i t h a s a n ope ra t i n g co i l ta pped at 0 . 2 a nd 2 . 0 amperes . The rel ay i s s h i ppped from the fac tory wi t h the tap s c rew i n the h i gher ampe re po s i t i on . The tap s c rew i s t he s c rew ho l d i n g the r i ght- h a nd sta t i onary contact . To change t h e tap s e tt i n g , fi r s t remov e o n e s c rew from the l eft- h a nd sta t i on a ry contact a nd pl ace i t i n t he d e s i red ta p . Next , remove t he s c rew from t he u nde s i red t a p a nd pl ace i t on t h e l eft- hand sta t i o na ry contact where the fi rst s c rew wa s removed ( see F i g ure 1 ) . Th i s procedu re i s n ecessa ry to prevent the r i g h t- h and sta t i onary contact from gett i n g out of a dj us tmen t . Sc rews s hou l d never be 1 e ft i n bo th ta ps at t h e s am e t i me .

P i c kup and Dropout Test

1 .

2 .

3 .

4 .

5 .

Connect re l ay studs 1 a nd 2 ( s ee t h e te s t c i rc u i t o f F i gure 18 ) to a DC source o f p ro per frequency and good waveform , u s i n g an ammeter a nd l oad bo x so that the cu rre nt can be co ntro l l ed ove r a ra n ge o f 0 . 1 to 2 . 0 amperes .

Turn the t i me d i a l to the ZERO TIME D I AL pos i t i on .

I nc rea s e the cu rre nt s l owl y un t i l the sea l - i n un i t p i c ks u p . See Tab l e X I .

Move the t i me d i a l away from the ZERO T I ME D I AL po s i t i o n ; t he sea l ­i n u n i t s hou l d rema i n i n t he p i c ked- u p po s i t i on .

Dec rea s e t h e cu rre nt s l owl y u n t i l the sea l - i n un i t d ro ps out . See Tab l e X I .

- 14-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 101: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

Ta p 0 . 2 2 . 0

GEK-45 37 5

TAB LE X I

P i c k u p Cu rre nt 0 . 1 2 - 0 . 20 1 . 2 - 2 . 0

INSTALLAT ION

Dro po u t C u rre n t . 05 o r mo re . 5 0 o r mo re

The re l ay s ho u l d be i n s t a l l ed i n a c l ean , d ry l ocat i on , free from d u s t , and wel l l i g hted to fac i l i ta te i n s pec t i on a nd test i n g .

The rel ay s ho u l d be mou n ted o n a v e rt i c a l s u rface . The o u t l i n e and pane l d r i l l i n gs a re s hown i n F i gure s 2 3 a nd 24 . Fi gu re 23 s hows the s em i - fl u s h mou nt i n g ( n ece s s a ry for h i g h s e i smi c capa b i l i ty ) , and F i gu re 24 s hows v a r i o u s method s of su rface mount i n g .

The i ntern a l connec t i on d i agrams fo r the rel ays a re s hown i n F i gures 4 a nd 5 . Typi cal e xternal co nnec t i o n s a re s h own i n F i gu re 9 .

I NSTAL LAT I ON TESTS

The fo l l owi ng tes t s are to be pe rfo rmed at the t i me o f i nsta l l a t i o n :

T i me Ov ercu rrent Un i t

Set the ta p b l oc k to the d e s i red ta p sett i ng a nd the t i me d i a l to the 0 . 5 po s i t i on . U s i ng t he te st c i rcu i t i n F i g u re 1 6 , g radu a l l y a ppl y cu rre n t u nt i l the contac t s j u s t c l o s e . Th i s val ue of c u rre nt i s def i ned a s p i c ku p , a nd shou l d be w i th i n 3% o f tap v a l ue for 60 Hz rel ays and w i t h i n 7 . 5% o f t a p v a l ue fo r 5 0 Hz rel ays .

C hec k the o pe ra t i n g t i me at some mul t i pl e o f tap v a l ue a nd the des i red t i me d i a l s e tt i n g . Th i s mul t i pl e o f t a p va l ue may be 5 t i me s ta p rati n g or the ma x i mum fau l t curre nt fo r wh i c h the re l ay must coo rd i nate . Th i s va l ue i s l eft to t he d i s c ret i on o f t he u s er .

H i gh-Se i smi c Ta rget a nd Sea l - I n U n i t

1 . Ma ke s u re t h at the t a p s c rew i s i n t h e des i red ta p .

2 . Pe rfo rm p i c ku p a nd d ro pout te s t s a s o ut l i ned i n ACC EPTANCE TESTS sect i o n .

H i gh-Se i smi c I n stantaneo u s Un i t

1 . Sel ec t the des i red ra nge by sett i n g the l i n k i n t h e pro pe r po s i t i o n ( see F i gu re 1 and t he I n terna l Connect i ons D i a g ram , F i gu res 4 and 5 ) . Whenever pos s i b l e , be s u re to sel ec t the h i gher ra nge , s i nce i t has a h i g her cont i n uo u s ra t i n g .

2 . Set the i ns ta nta neous u n i t to pi c k u p a t t h e d es i red c u rre n t l eve l . See Sett i ng t he H i g h- Se i smi c I n stanta neo u s U n i t i n the ACCE PTANCE T ESTS

sect i on .

- 1 5 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 102: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

G E K- 45375

Al l the te sts desc r i b ed a bo v e u nder INSTALLATI ON TESTS mu s t be pe rformed a t t h e t i me of i n s t a 1 1 at i o n . I n add i t i on , i f tho se t e s t s d es c r i bed u nd er t h e ACCEPTANCE T ESTS s ec t i o n we re n o t perfo rmed pr i o r to i n s t a l l a t i on , i t i s recommend ed they be perfo rmed a t t h i s t i me .

PERIOD IC CHECKS AND ROUTI N E MAI NTENANCE

I n v i ew o f the v i ta l rol e o f protec t i ve rel ays i n t he o pe ra t i o n o f a power sys tem , i t i s impo rta nt that a pe r i od i c test program be fo l l owed . I t i s recogn i zed that t he i n terv a l b etween per i od i c c he c k s w i l l v ary depend i n g u po n env i ro nment , type of rel ay a nd the u s e r • s expe r i e nce wi t h pe r i od i c tes t i n g . U n t i l the u s e r h a s accumu l a ted eno u g h exper i ence to se l ec t the test i n te rv a l best s u i ted to h i s i nd i v i du a l re qu i rements , i t i s s ugges ted t hat t h e fo l l owi n g po i n ts be c h ec ked a t an i n te rv a l o f from one to two yea rs .

These te s t s are i n te nd ed to e n s u re that the re l ays have not d ev i a ted from th e i r o r i g i na l s e tt i n g . I f dev i a t i o n s a re encountered , t he rel ay m u s t be retes ted a nd se rv i ced a s d es c r i bed i n t h i s m a nua l .

T I ME OVERCU RRENT U N I T

1 . P e rfo rm p i c ku p test fo r the ta p sett i n g i n s e rv i ce , a s descr i bed i n t h e INSTALLAT I ON s ect i on .

2 . P e rfo rm the t i me te s t s as d e s c r i bed i n t h e I NSTALLATION sect i o n .

H I GH - S E I S M I C I NSTANTANEOUS U N I T

C hec k that t h e i ns ta ntaneous u n i t p i c ks u p at the des i red c u rre nt l eve l , a s o ut l i ned i n t h e ACCEPTANCE TESTS s ect i on .

H IGH- S E I SM I C TARGET AN D S EAL- I N U N I T

1 . C hec k that the u n i t p i c k s u p at the v a l u e s s hown i n Ta b l e X I .

2 . C hec k that the un i t d ro ps out a t 25% o r mo re of ta p va l ue .

CONTACT CLEAN I NG

Fo r cl ea n i n g fi ne s i l ve r re l ay contac t s , a fl ex i b l e b u rn i s h i n g too l s hou l d be u s ed . Th i s cons i st s of an etc hed - ro ug h ened s tr i p of fl e x i b l e meta l , res embl i n g a s upe rfi ne fi l e . Th e po l i s h i ng ac t i o n i s so d el i cate t h at no sc ra tches a re l eft , yet i t wi l l c l e a n o ff any c o rro s i on thoro ug h l y and ra p i d l y . The fl e x i b i l i ty o f the to ol i n s u re s the c l ea n i n g o f t h e ac tua l po i n ts o f contact . Never u s e kn i ves , fi l es , o r a b ra s i ve pa pe r or c l oth o f any k i nd to c l e a n fi ne s i l ver contac t s . A b u rn i s h i n g to ol as descr i bed a bove c a n b e obta i ned from t h e factory .

- 1 6-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 103: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

COV ER CLEAN I NG

Th e c l e a r Lexan@ cover shou l d be c l eaned w i t h a so ft c l o t h and wa te r o n l y . C l ean i ng so l ut i o n s shou l d not b e u s ed .

SYSTEM TEST

Al t hou gh th i s i n stru c t i o n boo k i s p r i ma r i l y wr i t te n to check and set the I FC re l ay , ov era 1 1 fu nc t i on a 1 te sts to check t he sys tem opera t i o n are r ecommen ded , a t i n te rva l s b a sed on the c u s tome r ' s exper i e nc e .

SYSTEM T EST

Al thou g h th i s i n stru c t i o n boo k i s p r i ma r i l y wr i tten to check a nd set the I FC re 1 ay, overa 1 1 fu nct i o n a 1 te sts to c h ec k the sys tem ope rat i o n a re recommended , a t i n te rv a l s ba sed on the c u s to me r ' s ex pe r i e nc e .

SERV I C I NG

TIME OV ERCURRENT U N I T

I f i t i s fou nd du r i n g i n sta l l a t i o n o r per iod i c te st i n g tha t t h e t i me over­cu rrent u n i t i s ou t o f l i m i ts , the u n i t may b e reca l i b ra ted a s fo l l ows :

P i c kup Te sts

Ro ta te t i me d i a l to No . 0 t i me d i a l sett i n g and c h ec k by mea n s of a l amp that the contac ts j u s t c l o se .

The po i n t a t wh i c h the conta c t s j u st c l o se c a n b e a d j u s ted by ru nn i ng the s ta t i o na ry contac t b ru s h in or out by mean s of i ts adju st i ng sc rew . Th i s sc rew s hou l d be he l d sec u re l y i n i t s s uppor t .

W i th t h e contacts ju st c l o s i ng a t No . 0 t i me sett i n g , there shou l d b e s u ffi c i en t g a p between t h e sta t i o n a ry conta c t b ru s h a n d i t s me ta l bac k i n g s tr i p to en sure a pprox i ma te l y 1 / 3 2 " w i pe .

The p i c kup o f the u n i t fo r a ny cu rre n t tap sett i ng i s adju sted by mea n s o f a spr i ng-adju s t i n g r i n g . By tu rn i ng the r i n g , t he operat i ng cu rrent o f the u n i t may b e b rou ght i n to a g reeme n t w i t h the ta p sett i n g empl oyed , i f fo r some rea son th i s a d j u s tment has been d i s tu rbed . Th i s adju stment a l so perm i ts a ny des i red sett i n g i n te rmed i a te between th e var i ou s ta p se tt i n g s to be o b ta i ned . I f s uch a d j u s tment i s requ i red , i t i s recommended that the h i gher tap sett i ng be u sed . I t s hou l d be no ted that the re l ay wi l l n o t nec e s sa r i l y a g ree w i th the t i me-cu rren t c h a rac ter i s t i c s o f Fi gu re s 6-8 a n d 2 0- 22 i f the re l ay has been adju sted to p i c k up a t a v a l u e o th e r than ta p v a l u e , bec au se the to rque l ev e l of the re l ay ha s been c ha nged .

Co nnect the opera t i n g co i l te rmi n a l s to a sou rc e o f the proper frequency and good wav e fo rem hav i n g a v o l tage o f 1 10 o r mo re , w i th res i s tance l oad boxes fo r sett i ng the c u rren t ( see Te st c i rc u i t o f Fi g u re 1 6 ) .

- 1 7 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 104: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

W i th the tap b l ock set fo r the l owe s t tap and the t i me d i a l set where conta c ts a re j u st o pen , adj u s t the contro l s pr i ng to j u s t c l o s e the contacts w i th i n the l i m i ts g i ven in Tab l e X I I , wh i c h are � 1% of the tap amps .

Ta p Ra nge 0 . 5 - 4 1 . 0 - 1 2 . 0

Ta p 0 . 5 1 . 0

TABLE X I I

M i n . Amp s . 495 . 99

Ma x . Amp s . 505

1 . 0 1

I t s hou l d nev er b e necessa ry to w i nd u p the con trol s p r i n g adj u s te r mo re than 3 00 (one notc h ) o r to u nw i nd it more than 1 2 0o ( fou r notch e s ) from the fac to ry sett i ng to o b ta i n the abov e p i c k u p sett i n g .

T i me Tes t s

W i t h the ta p b l o c k set fo r the l owe s t ta p and the t i me d i a l a t No . 5 s e tt i n g , a pp l y 5 t i me s tap cu rrent to the re l ay .

Ad j u s t the pos i t i o n o f t h e d rag mag net a s semb l y to o b ta i n a n opera t i n g t i me a s l i s ted i n Tab l e X I I I .

Re l ay

I FC 5 1 I FC 5 3 I FC 77

TABL E X I I I

T i me ( Second s ) M i n . Ma x . 1 . 7 6 1 . 8 0 1 . 2 9 1 . 3 3 0 . 90 0 . 94

I t wou l d b e p re fe ra b l e to adj u s t the opera t i n g t i me a s nea rl y a s pos s i b l e to 1 . 78 , 1 . 3 1 o r 0 . 92 second s . The d rag magnet a ssemb l y shou l d b e appro x i ma te l y i n the m i d d l e o f i t s trave l . The d ra g ma gnet a ssemb l y i s a d j u s ted by l oo sen i ng the two sc rews secu r i ng i t to the s u pport s t ru c tu r e ( see F i gu r e 1 ) . Mov i n g the d ra g magnet towa rd s the d i s k and s h a ft dec rease s the o p e ra t i n g t i me and mov i n g the d ra g magnet away from the d i s k and s h a ft i nc re a s e s the o pera t i ng t i me . The s c rews sec u r i n g the d ra g magnet a ssemb l y to the s u p port s t ru c tu r e mu st b e t i gh t be fore proceed i ng w i th other t i me c h ec k s .

Mec h a n i c a l Adj u s tmen t

Th e d i s k doe s not have to be i n the exac t cente r o f e i th e r a i r gap fo r the re l ay to perform correc t l y . Shou l d the d i s k not c l ea r a l l g a p s , howev e r , the fo l l ow i n g adju stme n t can be mad e .

1 . Dete rm i ne wh i c h way the d i s k mu s t b e a l i g ned to c l e a r a l l g ap s u rfa c e s by 0 . 0 1 0 i nc h .

2 . Remove the d ra g ma g net a s semb l y by l oo sen i n g the two sc rews secu r i n g i t to the s up po rt s t ru c tu re . The sc rews need not be remov e d .

3 . Loo sen the u pper p i vot b ea r i n g set sc rew ( 1 / 1 6 11 h ex wrenc h ) s l i g h t l y , so the u pper p i vot can mov e free l y . Do not remove the set sc rew from the s u p port stru c tu re .

- 18-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 105: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

4 . Loo sen the jewe l bea r i n g set sc rew a s i n 3 abov e .

5 . App l y a s l i g h t downwa rd fi nger pre s s u re o n the upper p i vot and t u rn th e j ewe l bear i n g sc rew , from the u nders i d e o f t he s u ppo rt s t ruc tu re , to po s i t i o n the d i s k a s dete rm i ned i n 1 abov e .

6 . Tu rn the j ewe l bea r i n g sc rew 1 / 8 tu rn c l oc kw i s e and t i g h ten the upper p i vot set sc rew to 2 . 5 - 3 . 5 i nch pou n d s o f torqu e .

7 . Tu rn the jewe l bea r i n g sc rew 1 / 8 tu rn counterc l o c kw i se . Th i s w i l l l owe r the d i s k and s ha ft a s semb l y a pprox i ma te l y 0 . 00 5 " and perm i t proper end­p l ay . The s h a ft mu st hav e 0 . 005 - 0 . 0 1 0 " of end - p l ay .

8 . Ti g h ten the j ewel bea r i ng set s c rew to 2 . 5 - 3 . 5 i nc h pou nd s o f to rqu e .

9 . Ro ta te the d i s k th rou g h the e l ec troma g net ga p . The d i s k cou l d c l e a r the gap s urfaces by 0 . 0 1 0" and be w i th i n 0 . 00 5 " fl a tne s s . If the d i s k i s not w i th i n 0 . 00 5 " fl a tn es s , the d i s k s hou l d be re p l a c ed .

1 0 . Re i n s ta l l the d ra g magnet a s semb l y and c h ec k that the d i s k h a s a t l ea s t 0 . 0 1 0 " c l earance from t h e d rag magnet a s sembl y su rface s .

1 1 . T i g h ten the d ra g magnet a ssemb l y mou n t i n g sc rews w i th 7- 1 0 i nc h pou n d s of torq u e , a fter secu re ly seat i n g the a ssembl y and po s i t i on i ng i t acc o rd i n g to the Ti me Te st a bove ( page 1 8 ) .

H I G H- S E I SM I C I NSTANTAN EOUS U N I T

1 . Bo th conta c ts s hou l d c l o se a t the same t i me .

2 . The bac k i ng str i p shou l d be so fo rmed that the fo rked end ( fron t ) bea rs aga i n st the mo l ded s tr i p u nder the a rma tu r e .

3 . W i th the a rma tu re a ga i n s t the pol e p i ec e , t he c ro s s member of the " T" spr i n g s hou l d be i n a hor i zonta l p l ane and t here shou l d be a t l ea st 1 /64 " w i pe on the conta c ts . Chec k th i s by i n s e r t i ng a 0 . 0 1 0 " fee l e r gage between the front ha l f o f t he shaded po l e and the arma ture when he l d c l o sed . Co ntac ts s hou l d c l o se w i t h feel e r gage i n pl ac e .

4 . S i nc e mec h a n i c a l adj u s tments may a ffec t the Se i sm i c Fra g i l i ty l ev e l , i t i s adv i sed tha t no mechan i ca l adju stmen ts b e made i f se i sm i c capab i l i ty i s of concern .

H IGH- S E I SM I C TARGET AND S EAL- I N U N I T

C hec k 1 a nd 2 a s de sc r i bed u n d er I N STANTAN EOUS U N I T .

To chec k the w i pe o f the s e a l - i n u n i t , i n sert a 0 . 0 1 0 " fee l e r gage betwee n t h e pl a s t i c re s i du a l o f t he arma tu re and t h e po l e p i ece w i th t h e arma tu re he l d c l o sed . Contac ts s hou l d c l o se w i t h fee l e r gage i n pl ace . S i nc e mec hqn i c a l a d j u stments may a ffec t the Se i sm i c Frag i l i ty l ev e l , i t i s a dv i sed tha t no mec h a n i c al adj u s tments be made i f se i sm i c c a pab i l i ty i s of conc ern .

- 1 9-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 106: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

RENEWAL PARTS

I t i s recommended that suff i c i ent q u ant i t i es of renewal p arts be carr i ed i n stock to enab 1 e the prompt rep 1 acement of any that are worn , broken or d amaged .

When order i ng renewal parts , addre ss the neare st S a l e s Off i ce of the General E l ectr i c Company , spec i fy qu ant i ty requ i red , name of the part wanted , and g i ve comp l ete mode l number of the rel ay for wh i ch the p art i s requ i red . I f poss i b l e , g i ve t h e General E l ectr i c requ i s i t i on number o n wh i ch t h e rel ay was furn i shed .

S i nce the l ast ed i t i on , changes have been made i n F i gures 23 & 2 4 .

1 2 I FC 5 1 TAPS AVA I LABLE

0.5 0 .6 0 .7 0.5 1

1 2 I FC53 TAPS AVA I LABLE

0.5 0.6 0.7 0.5 1

1 2 I FC77 TAPS AVA I LAB LE

0 . 5 0.6 0.7 0.5 1

TABLE I I { S E E PAGE 6)

1 .2 1 .5 2

1 .2 1 . 5 2

1 .2 1 . 5 2

20

2 . 5 3

2 . 5 3

2 . 5 3

4

4

4

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 107: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

TOP

PIVOT

SEAL- IN

TARGET TAP

S E L ECTOR SCR EW

SEAL· I N U N I T

STAT I O N A R Y CONTACT --...!:

SEAL-IN

TARGET

GEK-45375

T R O L SPR I N G

ADJUST I N G

R I N G

T I M E O V E R C U R R E NT

TAP S E L E CT O R S

I N STANT A N E O U S

U N I T

M A I N M O V I N G

C O NT AC T

M A I N STATI O N ARY

BR USH AND C O NTACT

ASSEMBLY

Fi g u re 1 ( 8 042708 ) Type I FC53B Re l ay , Removed from Ca se , Fron t V i ew

S U PP O R T

STR U C T U R E

D I S K

U·MA G N E T

A N D TAP

B l O C K A SS E M B l Y

T I M E O V E R C U R R E NT

U N IT

F i g u re 2 ( 8 0427 1 1 ) Type I FC 53B Re l ay , Removed from Ca se , Rear V i ew

- 2 1 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 108: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

G EK-45375

E E-MAG N ET A N D

TAP B L O C K ASSEMB L Y

TIME-OV E R C U R R ENT U N I T

F i g u re 3 ( 8 0427 50 ) Type I FC 7 7B Re l ay , Removed from Case , Rea r V i ew

-22-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 109: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

*

GEK-45375

I N DUC TI ON --- UN I T

r 2

s

-*' = S H O R T F I NGE I?

F i gure 4 (0257A8339-5) I nternal Connect i ons for Re l ay Types I FC51A, I FC53A and I FC77A - Front V i ew

T51

T S I

1 _! T_

2

• = SHORT F ING E R

3

I NST. :--Nv-1 : i l � t H J--��UMI ',1 r an u .. ,. ....

Fil i i . ... Mit TO " L" Ftl LOW .... L II« ... .. .. . UIIIE IIOSI TICII

F i gure 5 {0257A8340-5) Internal Connect i ons for Re l ay types I FC51B , I FC53B and I FC77B - Front V i ew

- 23 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 110: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

.J .. 7 .. ..1 ' 1---,.. -... ...

200

laG 00 10 70

10 .. .. ..

..

11 I I

1

.I

.I

.7

.I

.I

..

.1

.II ... .17

.II ...

.11 .J .. . 7 .1 .1 1

GEK-45375

3 4 5 • 7 • 1 11 0 2D 3CI 40 50 10 711 10 . 0 - - 1 ! ! ! u ni -

!'\ ·" ' .'\: '\. �

-" i" " " I'-'\ " " I' !---., '\. "' ..... � "" '\. !'---"' r---- �

� "'"' �"--:--- '� '

I', " "

:-.,. I'-......

I' ------

TI M E UNlT

3 4 s 8 7 11 1 10

M U LT I PLES OF

:---... � r:::: ,::::: � r-....

1--1'---

' 10 9 ::: � c.!)

z i -5 1-

1-4 lAJ 3 .,

--' '- 2 � -c ' • w

::2: I -2 1-

30 40 50 10 70 ••! I ! ! ! ! ! II P I CK-U P C U R RENT

-

F i gu re 6 ( 01 08 88943- 2 ) 60 Hertz T ime-Cu rrent C h a racter i s t i cs fo r Rel ay Types I FC5 1 A and I FC 5 1 8

- 24-

1 ---7 • ----201

I .. .. .. 7 • .. .. .. ..

I I I ' •

I

.I

.3

1 " •

17 -... .... ..

12

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 111: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

... 300

200

100 •• 10 • J

10 •• ..

20

,. • •

2

1 .. .. .J .. .. ..

.2

.1 ... ... .OJ ... .n

...

.a

.11 .5 .I .l .I .I 1

�\ \� �\� \\�

\

_\,

\ \

T I M E

4 !I I 7 I 111

� \1 •I

\

,\ 1.\ \\ \

\ \ ' ·

\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ f\ '" , .... 1\ i\1\ 1\f:: ',� ';_

--......_

\ r---\

......__

1\

'" -U N I T '

4 5 & 7 8 I 10

GEK-45375

0 20 30 40 50 10 70 10 10 �

------ 1 0 9

-...__ 8 I"'-. 7 I"'- 6 (J)

·- s \.') ::--. z � 4 i= ,..._ f-3 w

----- (J) 2 _j

<l 0

,...___ w ---r- I 2 f-

I 2

21J 30 40 !50 80 70 1010� M U LT P LES OF P I CK- U P S E T T I N G

I I 5 ! � !!! II

0 0

F i gu re 7 ( 01 0888944 - 3 ) 60 Hertz Time- C u rrent Character i s t i c s for Rel ay Types I FC53A a n d I FC53B

- 25-

I ---J .. -.. •

... ' ..

I .. .. .. J •

..

.. .. 30

20

I

1 ..

.2

I 01 • 17 ... .. .. ..

.12

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 112: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

.J .I 7 .I .I 1 1101

... ... --... ...

200

... .. .. 71 .. .. ..

20

II •

I .I .I .7 .I .. ..

I .II ... .17

... ... ... ... ...

.I I .5 .. . 7 .1 .1 1

3 4 5 I 7 I 111

\\ \\\ � �

\ I

\ .\ ,\\ • I

\ ��� \ \ \ \ \ \ \ l\ \ \ \1\ ��

\ \ '" ·" ""

\ \.\."'-1'\� I\ I\ I"'\�

1\ i"'\" " ["-,_

GEK- 45375

20 :10 ..

·"'-� � 10 "" ['....I'-- l � ,� � � ;::::--- � �

!'-- h. 3 � :--::- ...... ........__ [4<: � I Q

'-.... T I M E UN I T ¥e � �

3 4 5 8 7 I I 10 20 30 40 50 10 70 •• ! g g g g g 8 I ! I M U LT I PLES OF PICK- U P SETT IN G· � - -

1 ! i 1 1 ui

F i gu re 8 ( 01 08B8945 - 2 ) 60 Hertz T ime- C u rrent C h a rac ter i s t i c s for Rel ay Types I FC77A and I FC77B

- 26-

I ---l • -• • ... 301

200

I ..

..

..

I

.. .. 7

.. .. 20

10

I .I

.I

.. .I

.3

I .. .II .a7 . . ... ... ... ..

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 113: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

A- C B US

5 2

F E E D E R

( + ) D - C T R I P B U S

2 3 t------......1

�¥ 52 TC

( - )

Fi g u re 9 ( 025 7A9647 - 0 ) E xte rnal Co nnec t i o n s o f Fou r I FC Re l ays Used fo r Mu l t i - Phase a nd P ha se- to -Grou nd Fau l t P ro tec t i o n o f a 3 - P ha se C i rcu i t

- 2 7 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 114: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

0 \.9

'

! ! i

i i I

' I

0 1..()

---

-

GEK-45375

('() :l:t

--If) 0 1-

if · L() -0 1-\ --- -- � \

� ·-- 1----·- --·- ---- -------

1.() #

�L() -0 I-

\ \ \ \

o --:J:t L()_

0 1-

·-

\ \ l\ \ �I

0 q-

0 ("()

L() (\_)

0 :\]"

L()

0

0 �

0 1'/)

0 N

0 0

3 V'J i l 9 N i l 'd 'tl 3 d 0 .:i O l N 3 'Jt:l 3 d

N I 3 li\J 1 1 l 3 t\_'\7' 'tJ 1 tL� 1\ 0

F i gu re 1 0 ( 0257A85 94- 2 ) Overtravel C u rves fo r Rel ay Type I FC 5 1

- 28-

0... ::J I

� l) Q.

lL 0

L() w _J Q_ -

t-_j ::J �

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 115: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK- 45375

rn t.0 1---1--+--+----+---+--+------lr-- tt: --- +t-H------1

\..[) if) 0 0

-!-----+---+----+----+-----+--�---- --- -- I-_ r---�t-- 1-++----+

0 -+t l}) 0 1--

1-----t--- -----r------·---1----t ---+----+---+t--t-----++--+-+-i---1 I I i I ! ! I ! f-----t----t----+---1--+---t--�-- r----t-- - ----1---+-+--+--H----i

I ! I I

I ! l I i !

!

J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.0 L() q ['{) (\j

3 lN il 9 N i l'v' � 3 d0 .:i O l N 3 JCi 3 d N l 3V\J 1 1 l 3 !\ '\7' ti l Cl 3/\ 0

F i gu re 1 1 ( 0257A8595- 2 ) Overtravel Curves fo r Rel ay Type I FC53

- 29-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 116: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

��--�--��--,---,-�--��--r-�---r� o I f ---+1-----+-----+--+---------+-----l--- <j-r - � -- -

l.D �--� ---��---�--+-1 ---+,-1--::�:::--+-----11---+------! ['()

1-----+---��---·--, --·-: - 0 11 �,· <.f) -i----11'------------l--1 ---1 ! i I ' f- .· 0 I I I ! : ; I 1-I +--------"--: --- .! r-- ___ _ _J. __ J

.,----l�----_;_�---+-----� � I i ; i I i : ' i I I I I i

l_L_i t \\=l r-- \\1, i 11 / r , 1 l , I I I I l ; l I I I \! I I I I ' I ' ' ' . ---+--1 1---+1-J-----:...--�,�. --+��-('() --�-' --t-1.! �- I -l--\\\-----�-----+----1 1---+-----t----+-�i if) -f I ! 2"'� 1 \

i N � i\ I

L() N

0 (\.)

l()

0

0 U) 0 l[)

0 <;j-

0 ('f)

0 N

0 0 ::J V\1 1 1 9N i l_ \1tf3 d 0 .::10 1 N 3 fJcL3 d

N l 3 11\J i l l ::l /\\:t Cl l tl ::l /\ 0

F i gu re 1 2 ( 0257A8596- 2 ) Overtravel C u rves fo r Rel ay Type I FC77

- 30-

(L =>

I � l) (L lL 0 lf) w __J (L f-_] 3 �

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 117: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

f- ·

50 . F 1 0 � -1

f----+ -- r � I

20

10

GEK-45375

H I SE I 9-!I C RATED I NSTAIITANEOOS UN I T

TRANSI ENT OVERREArn

PERCENT OVERREACH = 100 [y] A = PICKUP OJRRENT GRACUALL Y APPL I ED

B = CURRENT SUDOENLY APPL I ED

··�

r

I -·

- -

r I r . 1.

( H I -SEI S>IIC) Ml N I MUM P I CK-UP

0 2 0 8 A 8 6 9 4

r-

v -�- 1

�, v �L

V Jl P I CK-UP v MAXIMJM }

�V � rr(H I -SE I9-! IC ) , 0 I 20 30 40 00 60 "Z 80

ANGLE I N CECR EES LAG.

F i gu re 1 3 ( 0208A8694- 2 ) Tra n s i ent Overreach C haracter i s t i c s o f t he H i gh-Se i smi c I nstan taneo u s U n i t

, 02

. • 02

::: .01 w :;>: � 0... iii! u 0:: . 0 1

. oo

5

0

- ;'\ 5--f--

'�� 5

HI SE I SM I C RATED I NSTANTANEOUS UN I T

OPERAT I NG T I ME

OPERAT I NG> T l f1E

v- RANGE FOR ANY

'--..,.�l...Z P I CKUP SETT I NG

��

0 2 0 8 A 8 6 9 5

I

I

9

!--.,_ -._._....__

1 . 5 2 3 4

I

5 6

�ULTI PLES OF P I CKUP

T I

7 8 9

Fi gu re 14 ( 02 08A8695 - 1 ) Ti me- C u rrent C haracte r i s t i cs o f t he H i gh-Se i sm i c I ns tantaneo u s U n i t

- 3 1 -

1 0

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 118: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

R E L A Y G O IL I N C I R C U I T

GEK-45375

R E L A Y C O I L N O T I N C I R C U I T

Fi g u re 1 5 ( 0269A1 787- 1 ) Te st Co nnec t i o n s fo r Te s t i n g C T Seconda ry Used w i th t h e I FC Re l ay

T O STA R T T I M E R

M I N I M U M o-[<c)-t----'---t ---t_--+-------'

RECO M M E N D E D 1 V O LTS 1 2 0 AT : R A T E D F R E O. . •

-----�0�-------� TO S TOP

T I M E R T O I ND ICAT I N G

- - - _. L I G H T W H E N � C H EC K I N G P I C K U P

1 2 XCA I I A I

REL AY SIDE

C ASE S IDE

0

2

0 Fi gu re 1 6 ( 0269A1789- 0 ) Te s t Co nnec t i on s fo r Te s t i n g P i c ku p a nd Opera t i n g Ti mes

o f the I FC Re l ay Ti me Ov erc u rren t Un i t

- 32-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 119: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

T O S TA R T T I M E R VA R IA B LE

R ESI STO R

--------��u-r-��� M I N I M U M 1 '-------o,£----l REC O MM�NDED V O L T S J 120 AT R AT E D F R E Q . I

----------�o�cr�----------------� TO STO P

T I ME R TO I N DICATING

- - - � L IG H T W H E N - C H EC K I N G P IC K U P

R E L AY - I 2 T E R M I N A L sr--t----------,

1 2 X C A I I A I

R ELAY S I D E

CASE SIDE

0

0

3

R E LAY S I D E

� - --

C ASE SIDE

0

4

0 0

5

R E L AY S I D E

0

C T J U M P E R

F i g u re 1 7 ( 0269A17 88- 1 ) Te s t Connec t i o n s fo r Te s t i n g P i c k u p and Opera t i n g Ti me s o f the I FC Re l ay H i g h- Se i sm i c I n sta n ta n eo u s Un i t

D . C . V O L T S

VA R I A B L E R E S I S T O R

R E L AY T E R M I :-< ALS

1 2 X C A I IA I

2

0 i gu re 1 8 ( 0269A17 90- 0 ) Te st Co nnec t i o n s fo r Te st i ng the H i g h- Se i sm i c Ta rget and Sea l - i n Un i t

Used w i t h the I FC Re l ay

- 33-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 120: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK-45375

CONNECT \ON PLU G CONi ACT f \NGERS

ORAWOU1 ELEMENT

SUPPORT STRUCTURE

EC1\0N BLOCK

F i gure 1 g [804 27 15 ) Cro ss sec ti o n o f ! FC orawout case Show i n g Short i n g Ba r

- 34-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 121: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

·­

-

.. , .. ..

...

...

...

...

...

..

..

10

..

� .. u .. "' ... :10 I

II

I

..

� .. .I ..

..

..

..

..

. 1 ·"

.N

.II

...

...

...

...

.. '

.. I

I I 7 I I I

.5 .I .7 .I I 1

GEK-45375

31 41 s o 11 li iCIIOI I! i I I I U II 4 5 I 7 I I 10 •• - - -

� ,\. .\. ,'\ ,'\ .'\ �'t--:

1 \. '\ '\ ""

'\ 1\ "' I' "

�"' I' � !'--.. '\ "'r-.- 1--- t-::::: r=::-F::!:'-

'"" r-.. t--" � � r:::: f::: �� 1 0 " !'--.. r.-89

7 " 6 L9

1'. 5 z -1\. "" 4 1-

1-......... w

'\ 1'-- ["-.. 3 <fl

I'- _J

.............. 2 � ...... 0 1---- I'-.

1'----. ..... UJ

I z -!'---1---- 1-

I

2

T I M E U N I T

a I I I I l l I ll 4 5 I 1 I I II

M U LT I PLES OF P I C K-U P SET TI N G

Fi g u re 2 0 ( 0 1088897 3- 0 ) 50 He rtz T i me - Cu rre n t C hara c te r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC 5 1A a nd I FC 5 1 B

- 35-

I

I

I

I

--

... , .. ...

...

...

...

...

.. ..

• •

,.

..

• • ..

..

••

..

..

.I

..

..

..

.2

..

. I = � II Ill .. ! " ..

..

a

II

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 122: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1---liD ... ...

...

-

110 .. .. •

I I I , I •

>

2

I I , I •

>

2

.1

..

.II

.I '

..

. II

...

.a

.12

.I 1

. I .I 1 I I 1

.5 .I .J .I .1 I

2 3 • • •

\\ �\\ �� l\� � \ 1\ \\l\

\I\ r\1'-.

\ \ \ (\1'-r--. \ 1\ [\ "\

1\ 1'\1'-�'

1\ ['-.,

"'�"--t'-

TI M E '

I I 10 20

GEK-45375

JO 40 50 II 71 NIOg -

� t:-1---o,. 1 0 ....... 9 ...___., ....... 8 f'.. r--

r-..... 7 t.D 6 z ---- 5 -

---..... 4 1-1-r---. UJ

("'-.._ 3 (/") ,.....___ 1--- _J

2 <t -0

....... :---... 1---- UJ

I � ---- 1-

I 2

U N I T

I I I I I 1 1 11 - -

..

1 ... -... , .. ... . ..

...

1 .. .. .. , .

1

1

ID ..

..

30

20

.I

.I

.l

.I

.I

..

.J

.2

..

.,

12

11 4 I I 1 I I ll 2t II 41 II 11 11 1111! M U LT I P L ES OF P I C K U P SET T I N G

I I I I I ! I ll I I I ! I I I II

Fi g u re 2 1 ( 0 10888974- 0 ) 5 0 H e rtz T i me - Cu rren t C h a ra c te r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC 53A a nd I FC53B

- 36-www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 123: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

1--100 710 100 100

...

210

100 10 10

0 10

• I I 7 I •

l

2

I I 7 I •

l

.2

.1

..

..

.. .. ..

7

...

.113

.12

. I 1

5 I 1 I I 1

.I .I .l .I .I 1

�\ l\\\ �\\� � \

1\ \

\

� 1\\'

\ \

l\\

,\

3 4 5 I 7 I I 10

L\ . ,\1\ \ 1\1\ �

1\ 1\ 1\1\ �� \

\ \'\ ·" ,'\" \ '\'\

l '\." \ -�"'

1\. � 1\ i\ �

.'-. "'

T I M E U N I T

3 4 5 I 1 I I to

GEK-45375

20 sa 41 so 10 1a 10101 -

........ :"-. "' '

""-.' --... 1 0 � r--:: r-.. '-9 �7 1.!)

� ...... r-.. z !--... 6 -� I'- 5 f-r-.. f-I'- 4 LLJ (/)

3 _J 1-.. <i 2 -

0

LLJ I L I': -I f-2

I : 20 H 40 SO 10 70 II M!

M U LT I P L ES O F P I C K U P SET T I NG

- � I I I U U -

I I I ! I I I II

1 ... --700 -... ...

1 00 10 10 70 10 SO

40

20

10 I I

1 .I .I .7 .. .I

..

.I

.2

..

12

II

Fi g u re 22 ( 0 1 0888975- 0 ) 50 He rtz T i me - Cu rre n t Cha ra c te r i s t i c s fo r Re l ay Types I FC77A and I FC77B

- 37 -www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 124: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

<D 7 . 3 7 6

R EYAY

8 7 M M - + -� 3 . 688 9 4 M M

' ¢ <D

3 .03 1 7 7 M M

6.062 1 54 M M

FRONT VIEW 1 . 3 1 2 33M M

7 . 000

-

...- 1 78 M M "'� SEE VI EW " A"

--

EXTERNAL CON N ECTIONS 1 0 - 32 SCREWS

SIDE VI EW

GEK-45375

J 6 . 750 1 7 1 M M

STU D N U M BE R I N G

0

VI EW " D"

5. 1 24 1 30 M M

S E M I - FLUSH MOU NTING

PAN E L MAX . 1 25 THK . .-------1 WASH E R

3MM � ---- LOCKWASH E R 8 - 32 SC REW

��;-._ N UT

0

6 . 1 24 t 1 56 M M ---H--.:.-

3.062 78MM

. 1 88 D RILL 5MM (4 H LS.)

CAB LE T IE CABLES VI EW " A" VI EW " D"

H DW - 02 5 7A8549 G - 1 Fi gure 23 (0257A8452 Sheet 1 [ 6 ] ) Outl i ne & Panel Dri l l i ng for Semi -Fl ush

Mounti ng of Rel ay Types I FC51 , I FC53 and I FC77

38 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 125: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

7.376 1 87 M M

3. 688 94MM

6 . 0 6 2

7 .563 1 9 2 M M

EXTERNAL CONN ECTIONS 1 0 - 32 SCREWS ---1-�

M O U NTING SURFAC E =:f1 SIDE VIEW 'An � S U R FAC E MOUNTING FO R

. 1 88 (5 M M ) THK. MAX . PAN E L,

8.344 1 M M

M O U NTING SURFAC E-�

S I DE VI EW

SURFACE MOUNTING . 1 88 (5 M M ) TH K . AND OVE R .

FOR

GEK-45375

0

2 . 78 1_ 1 M M

5 . 5 6 2 1 4 1 M M

R EAR V IEW

2 . 500 � 64MM

5 . 00 1 28MM

PANEL DRILLI N G

REMOVE K NOCKOUT

0

M O U NTING S U R FACE

LOCK WASHER 8 - 36 SCREW

N UT

VIEW " 8''

0257A8549 - G 2

(2) .2 1 9 HLS 5 M M

. 1 56

MOU NTING S U R FACE WAS H E R

LKWASH

�c��w N UT

� SPACER PAN E L DRI LLI NG REMOVE KNOC KOUT

REFER TO RELAY FOR VIEW " c" QUANTITY OF HOLES. H OW. 0257A8549 - G2

Fi gure 24 {0257A8452 Sheet 2 [ 6 ] ) Outl i ne & Panel Dri l l i ng for Surface Mounti ng of Rel ay Types I FC51 , I FC53 and I FC77

39 www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 126: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 127: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

GEK- 45375

L I ST OF FI GUR E S Fi gure

1 . I FC53B Re l ay , Fro n t V i ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1

2 . I FC53B Rel ay, Rear V i ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1

3 . I FC77B Rel ay , Rear V i ew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

4 . I FC5 1 A , 5 3A a nd 77A I ntern a l Connec t i on s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

5 . I FC 5 1 A , 5 3B a nd 7 7 B I ntern a l Co nnec t i on s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3

6 . I nverse 60 He rtz T i me-Curre nt C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

7 . V e ry I nverse 6 0 Hertz T i me- C urre nt C u rve s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

8 . Extreme l y I nv e rse 60 Hertz T i me- Cu rre nt C u rve s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6

9 . Extern a l Connec t i o ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 7

1 0 . I FC 5 1 Ove rtrave l Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 8

1 1 . I FC 5 3 Ove rtravel Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9

1 2 . I FC77 Ove rtra vel Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0

1 3 . H i gh-Se i sm i c I ns ta nta neou s U n i t Tra n s i ent Overreac h C haracter i s t i cs 3 1

14 . H i gh-Se i smi c I n s ta ntaneous U n i t T i me - Cu rre nt C hara c te ri s t i c s . . . . . . . 3 1

1 5 . Tes t Connec t i o n s - CT Tes t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2

1 6 . Tes t Connec t i on s - T i me Overc u rre nt U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2

1 7 . Test Connec t i o n s - H i gh-Se i s m i c I n s ta nta neous U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

1 8 . Tes t Connec t i on s - H i gh - Se i sm i c Target a nd Sea l - I n U n i t . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3

1 9 . C ro s s Sec t i on o f I FC Drawo u t Ca se Connec t i o ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

20 . I nverse 50 He rtz Ti me- C urrent C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

2 1 . Very I nverse 5 0 He rtz T i me- C u rre n t C u rve s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

2 2 . Extremel y I nv e rse 50 He rtz T i me- Curre nt C u rves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7

2 3 . Outl i ne a nd P a n e l Dri l l i ng fo r Sem i - Fl u s h Mou nt i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

24 . Ou t l i ne a nd Pane l Dr i l l i n g fo r Su rface Mou nt i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 128: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 129: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com

Page 130: INSTRUCTIONS · 2011. 9. 23. · Cl shortin g bar loc ated up front. s the co nnection p 1 ug is ,.; thdrawn, it c 1 ears the shorte r contact fin gers in the output contact circuits

(12/94) (5000)

Protection and Control GE Technology Center

205 Great Valley Parkway

Malvern, Pennsylvania 1 9355-1 337

www . El

ectric

alPar

tMan

uals

. com